tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6940661900362274982024-02-07T16:45:53.204-08:00~ Warna Biru ~Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.comBlogger118125tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-19896756771433843512023-10-07T04:47:00.004-07:002023-10-07T04:47:27.010-07:00Reminders for Feeling More Confident<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhilmsUOUqtC1-tzzB8AGybjveX3ub_wmGBAptjOcyQwRBuWNKw6b4fp3TwAzTqPtqSdbR182roxEhn1OQneIKzfyhGbacMwR0AumT-U9NW2rZGzDUow2vCRSumcPOhD3fVeJWxGPvYbEIZ5ovlcvdZbL8XXA3uk04g-gUYu4md0sYziUnKXl0t8a8Vj24/s1000/email.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Reminders for Feeling More Confident" border="0" data-original-height="1000" data-original-width="1000" height="419" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhilmsUOUqtC1-tzzB8AGybjveX3ub_wmGBAptjOcyQwRBuWNKw6b4fp3TwAzTqPtqSdbR182roxEhn1OQneIKzfyhGbacMwR0AumT-U9NW2rZGzDUow2vCRSumcPOhD3fVeJWxGPvYbEIZ5ovlcvdZbL8XXA3uk04g-gUYu4md0sYziUnKXl0t8a8Vj24/w419-h419/email.jpg" title="Reminders for Feeling More Confident, confidence, self confidence" width="419" /></a></div><br /><p></p><h2 class="wp-block-heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: border-box; color: #333333; font-family: raleway, sans-serif; font-size: 32px; line-height: 1.2; margin-block: 0.5rem 1rem; margin-top: 1.5em;">Reminders for Feeling More Confident</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: border-box; color: #333333; font-family: "open sans", sans-serif; font-size: 17px; margin-block: 0px 0.9rem; margin-bottom: 15px;">Take these statements and try them on for size…. see what resonates…</p><ul style="background: 0px 0px rgb(255, 255, 255); border: 0px; box-sizing: border-box; color: #333333; font-family: "open sans", sans-serif; font-size: 17px; margin-block: 0px; margin-bottom: 15px; outline: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;"><li style="background: 0px 0px; border: 0px; box-sizing: border-box; margin-block: 0px; outline: 0px; padding-bottom: 5px; vertical-align: baseline;">Focusing on them leads to problems, focusing on myself leads to solutions.</li><li style="background: 0px 0px; border: 0px; box-sizing: border-box; margin-block: 0px; outline: 0px; padding-bottom: 5px; vertical-align: baseline;">Seek nothing from them – not approval, not validation, not feedback.</li><li style="background: 0px 0px; border: 0px; box-sizing: border-box; margin-block: 0px; outline: 0px; padding-bottom: 5px; vertical-align: baseline;">Solidify your relationship with yourself.</li><li style="background: 0px 0px; border: 0px; box-sizing: border-box; margin-block: 0px; outline: 0px; padding-bottom: 5px; vertical-align: baseline;">Acceptance, acceptance, acceptance.</li><li style="background: 0px 0px; border: 0px; box-sizing: border-box; margin-block: 0px; outline: 0px; padding-bottom: 5px; vertical-align: baseline;">I accept myself as I am.</li><li style="background: 0px 0px; border: 0px; box-sizing: border-box; margin-block: 0px; outline: 0px; padding-bottom: 5px; vertical-align: baseline;">I appreciate XYZ about myself.</li><li style="background: 0px 0px; border: 0px; box-sizing: border-box; margin-block: 0px; outline: 0px; padding-bottom: 5px; vertical-align: baseline;">I am me and this is who I am meant to be.</li><li style="background: 0px 0px; border: 0px; box-sizing: border-box; margin-block: 0px; outline: 0px; padding-bottom: 5px; vertical-align: baseline;">I am the exact right amount of everything.</li><li style="background: 0px 0px; border: 0px; box-sizing: border-box; margin-block: 0px; outline: 0px; padding-bottom: 5px; vertical-align: baseline;">I am whole and complete.</li><li style="background: 0px 0px; border: 0px; box-sizing: border-box; margin-block: 0px; outline: 0px; padding-bottom: 5px; vertical-align: baseline;">Be mindful when you're interacting with others if you are a) <a href="https://www.bernadettelogue.com/stop-comparing-yourself-to-others/" rel="nofollow" style="background-color: transparent; box-shadow: none; box-sizing: border-box; color: #884588; font-weight: 600;">comparing yourself</a> to them and feeling less than b) fearing their <a href="https://www.bernadettelogue.com/being-judged/" rel="nofollow" style="background-color: transparent; box-shadow: none; box-sizing: border-box; color: #884588; font-weight: 600;">judgment</a>, <a href="https://www.bernadettelogue.com/dealing-with-criticism/" rel="nofollow" style="background-color: transparent; box-shadow: none; box-sizing: border-box; color: #884588; font-weight: 600;">criticism</a>, <a href="https://www.bernadettelogue.com/dealing-with-rejection/" rel="nofollow" style="background-color: transparent; box-shadow: none; box-sizing: border-box; color: #884588; font-weight: 600;">rejection</a>, opinions c) you want something from them and you're worried you won't get it.</li><li style="background: 0px 0px; border: 0px; box-sizing: border-box; margin-block: 0px; outline: 0px; padding-bottom: 5px; vertical-align: baseline;">Enjoy the good and don't attach.</li><li style="background: 0px 0px; border: 0px; box-sizing: border-box; margin-block: 0px; outline: 0px; padding-bottom: 5px; vertical-align: baseline;">Observe the not good and don't attach.</li></ul><div><span style="color: #333333; font-family: open sans, sans-serif;"><span style="font-size: 17px;">Credit to: Bernadette Logue</span></span></div>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-88583989923816153172023-10-06T07:36:00.006-07:002023-10-06T07:36:49.402-07:00How do you protect your time and still take care of business?<p style="text-align: center;"></p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjuFctfx8xfIuW_bQjkXKWsgS2WjiT8eFuEcmNaUV7083IDkTlSatIm9NucRyO7TizqZa3yGQyQCa-WjmD_SSBcTYBVzaYab4KwB01LZZqiZuG7_SZwLj4VHIuZn7g5O8WRe22HGRjrxGYmHiF7MIar_wygkmItE2DIqrRez5-NSQ_atFoAV2lU6sYZ-pM/s800/Save%20Your%20Time%20blog%20header.webp" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="286" data-original-width="800" height="199" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjuFctfx8xfIuW_bQjkXKWsgS2WjiT8eFuEcmNaUV7083IDkTlSatIm9NucRyO7TizqZa3yGQyQCa-WjmD_SSBcTYBVzaYab4KwB01LZZqiZuG7_SZwLj4VHIuZn7g5O8WRe22HGRjrxGYmHiF7MIar_wygkmItE2DIqrRez5-NSQ_atFoAV2lU6sYZ-pM/w559-h199/Save%20Your%20Time%20blog%20header.webp" width="559" /></a></div><span style="background-color: white; color: #31251c; font-family: calluna-sans, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"><br /></span><p></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span style="background-color: white; color: #31251c; font-family: calluna-sans, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;">Being a digital marketer often means dealing with an overflow of emails and near-constant communication. </span></p><p style="background-color: white; color: #31251c; font-family: calluna-sans, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 1em 0px;">On the one hand, holding to strict 9 to 5 availability isn’t always possible, especially when you work with people in multiple time zones. One the other hand, making yourself available at all hours can lead to burnout.</p><p style="background-color: white; color: #31251c; font-family: calluna-sans, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 1em 0px;">How do you protect your time and still take care of business?</p><h2 style="background-color: white; color: rgb(34, 34, 34) !important; font-family: calluna-sans, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; margin: 0px 0px 12px; padding: 0px;"><strong>Stop Constantly Checking Email</strong></h2><p style="background-color: white; color: #31251c; font-family: calluna-sans, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 1em 0px;">Nothing kills productivity like unmanaged email habits. Here are five tips to help you gain control of your inbox.</p><ul style="background-color: white; color: #31251c; font-family: calluna-sans, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; padding-left: 20px !important;"><li style="margin-left: 15px;"><p style="margin: 1em 0px;"><strong>Start Time Blocking Your Days: </strong>If something isn’t in my calendar, it doesn’t get done. Whether it’s a 10-minute asset review or a 2-hour meeting, that chunk of time goes in my calendar because that’s the only way to get an accurate picture of how many hours and minutes I have open each day.</p></li><li style="margin-left: 15px;"><p style="margin: 1em 0px;"><strong>Bookend Your Day With Email: </strong>Block time to check email at the beginning and end of every day. During these times, triage your inbox to identify critical messages that need immediate responses and schedule time for non-urgent replies for later in the day. Google Snooze is a handy way to ‘clear’ your inbox during this process because you can choose what time a snoozed email will resurface in your inbox.</p></li><li style="margin-left: 15px;"><p style="margin: 1em 0px;"><strong>Prioritize Important Recurring Tasks: </strong>Identify your most important daily tasks that aren’t related to email. These might include content creation, campaign setup, data analysis, etc. Then, block time in your calendar to focus on those key tasks. Award yourself bonus points if you can turn off notifications during these periods.</p></li><li style="margin-left: 15px;"><p style="margin: 1em 0px;"><strong>Set Dedicated Times for Managing Email:</strong> To stay focused, block email catch-up periods between the major task blocks in your calendar.</p></li><li style="margin-left: 15px;"><p style="margin: 1em 0px;"><strong>Set Clear Expectations for Email Responses: </strong>Let your team know your schedule for checking email and what they can expect in the way of response times. For example, if you manage email 4 times each day, your team can expect responses in less than 3 hours.</p></li></ul><h2 style="background-color: white; color: rgb(34, 34, 34) !important; font-family: calluna-sans, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; margin: 0px 0px 12px; padding: 0px;"><strong>Don’t Answer Phone Calls at Night</strong></h2><p style="background-color: white; color: #31251c; font-family: calluna-sans, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 1em 0px;">Constantly making yourself available at night, well past business hours, will negatively impact your personal life and your sleep patterns. Instead set up a voicemail to let callers know you’ll respond the next business day unless it's a true emergency.</p><p style="background-color: white; color: #31251c; font-family: calluna-sans, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 1em 0px;">Save picking up and returning non-emergent calls for normal business hours when you're fully available.</p><h2 style="background-color: white; color: rgb(34, 34, 34) !important; font-family: calluna-sans, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 18px; margin: 0px 0px 12px; padding: 0px;"><strong>Why It Works</strong></h2><p style="background-color: white; color: #31251c; font-family: calluna-sans, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 1em 0px;">Setting these systems and expectations in place with team members and clients will help everyone understand when and how you handle communications, potentially reducing stress on their end as well. </p><p style="background-color: white; color: #31251c; font-family: calluna-sans, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 1em 0px;">Emails will get answered and phone calls will be returned, but those responses will happen on a schedule that gives you more time to focus on critical marketing and business activities.</p><p style="background-color: white; color: #31251c; font-family: calluna-sans, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 1em 0px;"><em>Today's advice provided with insights from </em><a data-saferedirecturl="https://www.google.com/url?q=https://t.dripemail2.com/c/eyJhbGciOiJIUzI1NiJ9.eyJhdWQiOiJkZXRvdXIiLCJpc3MiOiJtb25vbGl0aCIsInN1YiI6ImRldG91cl9saW5rIiwiaWF0IjoxNjk2NTk5NzcwLCJuYmYiOjE2OTY1OTk3NzAsImFjY291bnRfaWQiOiI4NjY4ODE1IiwiZGVsaXZlcnlfaWQiOiJiZ2UwamZrODdyNGlocWM2ZGExeiIsInVybCI6Imh0dHBzOi8vd3d3LmxpbmtlZGluLmNvbS9pbi9hbmR5Y3Jlc3RvZGluYS8_X19zPTFyZndhd2Z1ZnJ0cGR6Mzhtbjh0In0.oCjRfLo5eK-t2qN6PCCKYZRPuLnykdUuEGhaSBeJ-Sk&source=gmail&ust=1696689026986000&usg=AOvVaw3QG4HnDVUREqG8k3TK-lfc" href="https://t.dripemail2.com/c/eyJhbGciOiJIUzI1NiJ9.eyJhdWQiOiJkZXRvdXIiLCJpc3MiOiJtb25vbGl0aCIsInN1YiI6ImRldG91cl9saW5rIiwiaWF0IjoxNjk2NTk5NzcwLCJuYmYiOjE2OTY1OTk3NzAsImFjY291bnRfaWQiOiI4NjY4ODE1IiwiZGVsaXZlcnlfaWQiOiJiZ2UwamZrODdyNGlocWM2ZGExeiIsInVybCI6Imh0dHBzOi8vd3d3LmxpbmtlZGluLmNvbS9pbi9hbmR5Y3Jlc3RvZGluYS8_X19zPTFyZndhd2Z1ZnJ0cGR6Mzhtbjh0In0.oCjRfLo5eK-t2qN6PCCKYZRPuLnykdUuEGhaSBeJ-Sk" rel="noopener noreferrer" style="color: #c94f31; text-decoration-line: none;" target="_blank"><em><u>Andy Crestodina</u></em></a><em>.</em></p>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-69366945295543807632023-09-08T01:21:00.005-07:002023-10-06T09:24:56.162-07:00Geram sungguh!!!<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhuAyr5o8rxRTj0aWu_XJ6e0084GlJE_CtbMgxtlqdxsIIYMhxBAqd_j6oWjBlW2M0-ZRx9Iw_HqD67JVugVqsdRTraS4G8JlJqX_RgVdVj-0htNyWBcHkiF3PC64B45pO74o_-5IbngqfOLPW2EOEwzhKJbIquA3klE_jhyXJtAcDB-XNw_nWyPLeCSD0/s320/naruto_sakura_funny_6884.webp" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="240" data-original-width="320" height="297" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhuAyr5o8rxRTj0aWu_XJ6e0084GlJE_CtbMgxtlqdxsIIYMhxBAqd_j6oWjBlW2M0-ZRx9Iw_HqD67JVugVqsdRTraS4G8JlJqX_RgVdVj-0htNyWBcHkiF3PC64B45pO74o_-5IbngqfOLPW2EOEwzhKJbIquA3klE_jhyXJtAcDB-XNw_nWyPLeCSD0/w396-h297/naruto_sakura_funny_6884.webp" width="396" /></a></div><p style="text-align: center;">Assalammualaikum wbt,</p><p style="text-align: center;"><br /></p><p style="text-align: center;">Lamanya tinggal blog ni, dah siap bersawang rasanya 😅</p><p style="text-align: center;">Tahu-tahu dah nak habis tahun 2023 jugak. Banyak benda terjadi sebenarnya, tapi sis cerita yang jadi 2 hari lepas je lah dulu. </p><p style="text-align: center;"><br /></p><p style="text-align: center;">Masa sis warded kat hospital Serdang hari tu kes caesar. Waktu lunch kot. Ada patient lain depan katil sis. Nampak gaya macam baru lepas caesar jugak. Senasib 😅😂. </p><p style="text-align: center;">Macam dalam mamai-mamai lagi. Then, ada someone lelaki ni, drop barang kat dia.. Lepas tu cakap, "Kau pakai tudung kau tu, jangan sampai aku tunjuk" cakap kuat-kuat dalam nada tengking.</p><p style="text-align: center;"><br /></p><p style="text-align: center;">Terus menyirap pulak rasa nya walaupun bukan sis yang kena marah. Member tu baru lepas caesar. Kena bius kot. Dengan susukan baby baru lahir mamai-mamai lagi. Tahu-tahu husband datang mai tengking. Bukannya nak appreciate pengorbanan si isteri. Kalau awak dah nampak bini awak tak bertudung. Tanya lah dulu elok-elok, dia okay ke tak, mana tudung dia, dia tak larat nak capai, awak tolong lah letak kan pakaikan elok-elok kat dia.</p><p style="text-align: center;"><br /></p><p style="text-align: center;">Tapi asbab daripada tu kan, sis perhati, ramai nurse & doktor yang rawat dia cakap berlemah lembut dengan dia. Mungkin asbab dia bersabar dapat pasangan perangai macam tu.</p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen='allowfullscreen' webkitallowfullscreen='webkitallowfullscreen' mozallowfullscreen='mozallowfullscreen' width='320' height='266' src='https://www.blogger.com/video.g?token=AD6v5dwfG8g7tLUYKrGFfkjhz--xdPEHHAOXD6Us6Zp9f9N2KSNXyoOxa2XbkQKLjydBRgPg1yqEW2TODtmsOB6IgQ' class='b-hbp-video b-uploaded' frameborder='0'></iframe></div><br /><p style="text-align: center;"><br /></p><p style="text-align: center;"><br /></p>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-31137225181636113962022-03-27T18:56:00.000-07:002022-03-27T18:56:45.379-07:00"If what you think about is what creates your reality, and what you think about is what's missing in your life, then you will have to attract more of what's missing into your life." - Dr Wayne Dyer<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg3Jc1jZug4pp2a0I3u72-0ZCFpoWMbca3nLnsQZ-ZiNlnsjHBfp6It-PDa7W5zEScpF5U2VxU7x_zjubMZiXOltsJGfcZXCaQk02TcpCIFOXmLNP3funbiVxp0HeMNSXeZVlmY4YAJNCCDGzz74xmOvD4YrkmsdLedmWzJmlzTk0eDPXSCAh1rSMLh/s800/photo_2022-03-13_10-03-07.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="642" data-original-width="800" height="368" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg3Jc1jZug4pp2a0I3u72-0ZCFpoWMbca3nLnsQZ-ZiNlnsjHBfp6It-PDa7W5zEScpF5U2VxU7x_zjubMZiXOltsJGfcZXCaQk02TcpCIFOXmLNP3funbiVxp0HeMNSXeZVlmY4YAJNCCDGzz74xmOvD4YrkmsdLedmWzJmlzTk0eDPXSCAh1rSMLh/w458-h368/photo_2022-03-13_10-03-07.jpg" width="458" /></a></div><br /><p></p><p><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, "San Francisco", Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: inherit; font-style: italic; font-weight: bold; text-align: inherit; text-decoration-line: inherit;"><br /></span></p><p><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, "San Francisco", Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: inherit; font-style: italic; font-weight: bold; text-align: inherit; text-decoration-line: inherit;">"If what you think about is what creates your reality, and what you think about is what's missing in your life, then you will have to attract more of what's missing into your life." - Dr Wayne Dyer</span></p><span style="background-color: white; color: #333333; font-family: "Open Sans", Roboto, "San Francisco", Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: inherit; font-weight: inherit; line-height: inherit; text-decoration: inherit;"><br />That's a painful realization to awaken to. <img alt="😣" aria-label="😣" class="an1" data-emoji="😣" loading="lazy" src="https://fonts.gstatic.com/s/e/notoemoji/14.0/1f623/32.png" style="height: 1.2em; vertical-align: middle; width: 1.2em;" /><img alt="😯" aria-label="😯" class="an1" data-emoji="😯" loading="lazy" src="https://fonts.gstatic.com/s/e/notoemoji/14.0/1f62f/32.png" style="height: 1.2em; vertical-align: middle; width: 1.2em;" /><img alt="😏" aria-label="😏" class="an1" data-emoji="😏" loading="lazy" src="https://fonts.gstatic.com/s/e/notoemoji/14.0/1f60f/32.png" style="height: 1.2em; vertical-align: middle; width: 1.2em;" /><br /><br />I remember feeling the STING of this truth when I first learned about how we create our reality.<br /><br />It's a wake up call about what we do CONTROL and what we have responsibility for.<br /><br />Today I want to share with you<span style="color: inherit; font-size: inherit; font-weight: bold; line-height: inherit; text-decoration: inherit;"> 4 things that you have control over,</span> which you categorically DO have the power to change if you wish, and which directly influence your life outcomes...<br /><br />1. What you <span style="color: inherit; font-size: inherit; font-weight: bold; line-height: inherit; text-decoration: inherit;">believe.</span><br />2. What you <span style="color: inherit; font-size: inherit; font-weight: bold; line-height: inherit; text-decoration: inherit;">think </span>and how you respond to your thoughts.<br />3. How you<span style="color: inherit; font-size: inherit; font-weight: bold; line-height: inherit; text-decoration: inherit;"> feel</span> and how you process your feelings.<br />4. What you <span style="color: inherit; font-size: inherit; font-weight: bold; line-height: inherit; text-decoration: inherit;">choose</span> and the actions you take.<br /><br />Throughout March, we've been focusing on GRATITUDE.<br /><br />Gratitude is one quick and easy ritual that shifts your inner state, helping you to focus on everything you DO have with positive intention and emotion. And that gratitude is telling life what you want MORE of.<br /><br />That's particularly <span style="color: inherit; font-size: inherit; font-weight: bold; line-height: inherit; text-decoration: inherit;">helpful if you've previously been prone to focusing on what you DON'T have</span> and limitations.<br /><br />You absolutely CAN interrupt old patterns and start to ELEVATE yourself here and now.</span>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-52253730621111320372021-12-16T21:34:00.010-08:002021-12-26T21:45:10.470-08:00Sepahit Kopi Barista, Semanis Kehidupan<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEivhDdx-L4dzEAQfJER7DZtelD6uLO8DIsmhKQLvnbjs6jIa6r4uJcEu2Xhye-D6WqmLnu2-wGkPak8iBQ8qoX6X9JLOC-W9uh5tbdOOYdgOxYb1LNAQETe94mS8UIMddi_99gKRttbUvafLkf1EDtAdqls4dsngeRnvvR-p4q5dWa6NRcXmvsTmF5U=s726" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="726" data-original-width="449" height="477" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEivhDdx-L4dzEAQfJER7DZtelD6uLO8DIsmhKQLvnbjs6jIa6r4uJcEu2Xhye-D6WqmLnu2-wGkPak8iBQ8qoX6X9JLOC-W9uh5tbdOOYdgOxYb1LNAQETe94mS8UIMddi_99gKRttbUvafLkf1EDtAdqls4dsngeRnvvR-p4q5dWa6NRcXmvsTmF5U=w295-h477" width="295" /></a></div><br /><p></p><p style="text-align: center;">Dulu I tak suka sangat coffee.. tapi sis lately ni rasa Kopi Barista, entahlah tetiba fall in love dengan rasa coffee ni. Rasa dia memang agak pahit tapi sedap. Maybe that's why Allah banyak bagi benda yang agak pahit kat sis. huuuu T_T . Okaylah, lepas ni kita tukar ambil yang manis-manis je... tapi tak boleh jugak sebab kalau semuanya manis, senang sangat nak kena sakit gigi. Gigi kalau dah sakit, gusi bengkak ke apa semua, lagi jemm otak nak kena buat kerja.. Haiyooo... Okay-okay, kita request bagi balance lah, jangan pahit-pahit sangat, tak nak manis-manis sangat... <i></i></p><blockquote><i>Yang sedang-sedang saja, yang sedang-sedang saja... jeng jeng jeng jeng.. Aku sayang dia ma... sedalam-dalam lautan hindia, dalam lautan cintaku padanya.. cehwah.. </i></blockquote><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><i><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEhL90oWQxB2PRTJeTCsve_-6prSiVKcbKU3aHTfOqkcgXKtaPu2h0RTiNDSVU9uSBWLj4647EW70UrXwRVC_XLO9MgfkJyhl1TOCti5I6LN9QM___hLBVSAkBw8iyA7AEBu22jH5MztEjbMthOLv66ppBpZrDsqzgFgd6fw73asm-Ttoi14lI4SWUVO=s640" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="360" data-original-width="640" height="293" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEhL90oWQxB2PRTJeTCsve_-6prSiVKcbKU3aHTfOqkcgXKtaPu2h0RTiNDSVU9uSBWLj4647EW70UrXwRVC_XLO9MgfkJyhl1TOCti5I6LN9QM___hLBVSAkBw8iyA7AEBu22jH5MztEjbMthOLv66ppBpZrDsqzgFgd6fw73asm-Ttoi14lI4SWUVO=w521-h293" width="521" /></a></i></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><i><br /></i></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><i><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEhgMMlxmtQKL0GB-8hYqSuBFuWKprWxR2gKaHKRhqOAvltk9eaWR0R-bUd8CUQiVUEYYel3dxG2gdlI8hhEZ42E4dGyVdls337dzSC96gOwzxScfXSFBdy7LKtyNzLJy2Ooq5TMVLvK7C41Mb3XgNqokXIjYMH9uvntUaWFQCsMPdNX3kkWFfd0O81E=s630" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="630" data-original-width="416" height="516" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEhgMMlxmtQKL0GB-8hYqSuBFuWKprWxR2gKaHKRhqOAvltk9eaWR0R-bUd8CUQiVUEYYel3dxG2gdlI8hhEZ42E4dGyVdls337dzSC96gOwzxScfXSFBdy7LKtyNzLJy2Ooq5TMVLvK7C41Mb3XgNqokXIjYMH9uvntUaWFQCsMPdNX3kkWFfd0O81E=w340-h516" width="340" /></a></i></div><i><br /><p><br /></p><p> </p></i><p></p>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-827457298369044722021-05-10T00:00:00.010-07:002021-05-10T00:00:00.193-07:00How to Get the Word Count of Your PowerPoint Presentation<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiCshu3Rz0ckvmkg-lRGbgBDd29U22X_K3US66AdPzqL3f1i8H6q0rTPw0Tyt2CqydJdIfqSL7Xy6BUFBEXjhcYhY55JscgvLMvxnzeJBJ91_SWHoL5Jbk9Pmqe7zErJqoJah-LUc5cO5Q/s1202/stock-lede-microsoft-office-powerpoint-3.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="555" data-original-width="1202" height="299" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiCshu3Rz0ckvmkg-lRGbgBDd29U22X_K3US66AdPzqL3f1i8H6q0rTPw0Tyt2CqydJdIfqSL7Xy6BUFBEXjhcYhY55JscgvLMvxnzeJBJ91_SWHoL5Jbk9Pmqe7zErJqoJah-LUc5cO5Q/w646-h299/stock-lede-microsoft-office-powerpoint-3.png" width="646" /></a></div><p></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Knowing the word count of your Microsoft PowerPoint presentation and <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/508880/how-to-use-speaker-notes-in-powerpoint/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">speaker notes</a> can give you a rough idea of how long it may take to present the slideshow and where you may need to cut back. Here’s how to find out.</p><div style="text-align: justify;"><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You can get the word count of your PowerPoint notes and slides—or just the speaker notes—on both Windows 10 and Mac. Unfortunately, you can’t currently get the word count on PowerPoint for the web.</p><div aria-hidden="true" id="purch_N_C_0_1" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><div style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">View the PowerPoint Presentation Word Count on Windows</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To get the word count of your slides and notes on Windows 10, <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/393248/what-is-a-pptx-file-and-how-do-i-open-one/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">open the PowerPoint presentation</a> and click the “File” tab.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="File tab in Microsoft PowerPoint" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718559" height="184" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/File-tab-in-Microsoft-PowerPoint.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="277" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Next, select “Info” in the left-hand pane.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Info tab in the left hand pane of the File tab" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718560" height="294" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Info-tab-in-the-left-hand-pane-of-the-File-tab.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="214" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Now, under the “Related Documents” section, click “Show All Properties.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Show all properties button in Info tab" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718561" height="197" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Show-all-properties-button-in-Info-tab.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="341" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The “Properties” group will expand. Next to the “Words” option, you can see the word count of the PowerPoint slides and notes. Know that the “Notes” option just shows how many notes appear in the PowerPoint presentation rather than the word count of the notes.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Words option showing the word count in the Properties group" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718562" height="187" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Words-option-showing-the-word-count-in-the-Properties-group.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="291" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If you want to find out the word count of just the notes, you’ll need to <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/403261/how-to-convert-a-powerpoint-to-word-and-make-it-editable/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">export and open them in Microsoft Word</a>.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Click the “File” tab and, in the left-hand pane, click “Export.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Export option in left hand pane of File tab" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718564" height="286" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Export-option-in-left-hand-pane-of-File-tab.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="187" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">In the “Export” group, select “Create Handouts.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Create Handouts option in the export group" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718565" height="303" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Create-Handouts-option-in-the-export-group.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="372" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The “Create Handouts in Microsoft Word” section will appear. Again, click “Create Handouts.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Create handouts button" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718567" height="218" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Create-handouts-button.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="406" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The “Send to Microsoft Word” dialog box will appear. Choose the page layout style that you want by clicking the bubble next to the desired option. In the “Add slides to Microsoft Word document” group, there are two options to choose from:</p><ul style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; list-style-image: initial; list-style-position: initial; margin: 0px 0px 1.5em 20px; padding-left: 10px; text-align: left;"><li style="box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: 600;">Paste:</span> The content pasted in Word won’t reflect any updates made to the presentation.</li><li style="box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: 600;">Paste Link:</span> Any updates made to the presentation will be reflected in Word.</li></ul><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Click “OK.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Sent to Microsoft Word dialog box" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718570" height="380" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Sent-to-Microsoft-Word-dialog-box.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="246" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The presentation will open in Microsoft Word. You’ll see the word count of the notes in the bottom-left corner of the window.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="word count of PowerPoint notes in Microsoft Word" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718569" height="117" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/word-count-of-PowerPoint-notes-in-Microsoft-Word.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="308" /></p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">View the PowerPoint Presentation Word Count on Mac</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If you’re using Microsoft PowerPoint for Mac, you can get the word count of your slides and notes. However, Mac’s export option doesn’t allow you to export the PowerPoint file as a Word doc, so to get the word count of just your notes, you’ll need to manually copy and paste them over to Word.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To get the word count of your presentation and notes, open PowerPoint and click the “File” tab.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="File tab in Microsoft PowerPoint for Mac" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718575" height="136" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/File-tab-in-Microsoft-PowerPoint-for-Mac.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="406" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Select “Properties” in the drop-down menu.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Properties option in File dropdown menu" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718576" height="373" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Properties-option-in-File-dropdown-menu.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="374" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">In the “Properties” window, click the “Statistics” tab.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Statistics tab in Properties window" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718577" height="177" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Statistics-tab-in-Properties-window.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="430" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You can find the word count in the “Statistics” group.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Word count in statistics tab on Mac" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718578" height="227" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Word-count-in-statistics-tab-on-Mac.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="428" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">That’s all there is to it.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><span style="color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, Open Sans, sans-serif;"><i>Credit to: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/703787/how-to-get-the-word-count-of-your-powerpoint-presentation/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">How To Geek - Marshall Gunnell</a></i></span></p></div>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com1tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-28419182812230433902021-05-07T08:58:00.005-07:002021-05-07T08:59:54.498-07:00Mintak tak dengan Allah rezeki duit yang banyak, cukup, halal dan berkat setiap waktu? <p></p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhJpy3Aat7Jq9-tCSfCacjytFKw1Ac5b-izl_1o_nkP_0sjv-m06_TVxDq06AUz9c0MpVX5NhZE5lJ3n1pPP9eiCyHQyZDWInoG1uyfEKKd8mEL9CfS7VjBojgzJXsVyWoYVmsKRtGX1n4/s1280/FB_IMG_1620402949798.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1280" data-original-width="720" height="640" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhJpy3Aat7Jq9-tCSfCacjytFKw1Ac5b-izl_1o_nkP_0sjv-m06_TVxDq06AUz9c0MpVX5NhZE5lJ3n1pPP9eiCyHQyZDWInoG1uyfEKKd8mEL9CfS7VjBojgzJXsVyWoYVmsKRtGX1n4/w360-h640/FB_IMG_1620402949798.jpg" width="360" /></a></div><br />Mintak tak dengan Allah rezeki duit yang banyak, cukup, halal dan berkat setiap waktu? <p></p><p><br /></p><p>Mintak tu biarlah spesifik. </p><p><br /></p><p>Kalau nak duit cakap nak duit. Berapa sekian-sekian. Kalau kita tak sebut mana nak tahu berapa nak dibaginya? </p><p><br /></p><p>Ni duk berdoa ya Allah kurniakanlah rezeki melimpah ruah bla-bla.. Rezeki apa tak tau. 😑 </p><p>Pastu bila tak dapat, lambat dapat kuciwaaaa... Urrrgghhh! Hfjrjfbffjjfhxh! </p><p><br /></p><p>Macam kita mintak kat ayah kitalah. </p><p><br /></p><p>Ayah nak duit.</p><p><br /></p><p>Ayah kita mesti tanya, nak buat apa duit? Nak berapa? Nak bila? </p><p><br /></p><p>Beritahu dia sekian-sekian baru dia bagi kan? Kalau dia nak kasi lebih/kurang terpulang kat dialah kan. </p><p><br /></p><p>Macam tu lah bila mintak dengan Allah. Beritahu detail. Kita mintak mesti dia bagi. Yakin! </p><p><br /></p><p>Hidup dah takda masa dan takda makna nak main-main. Jangan buang masa. Teruskan misi visi dan capai sampai berjaya. </p><p><br /></p><p>Lambat bertindak, lambatlah nak berjaya. Cepat bertindak, cepatlah ia. In shaa Allah. </p><p><br /></p><p>Boleh ke boleh? 😁😁😁😁😁😁</p><p><br /></p><p>Tengkiu hampa sudi baca naa</p><p><br /></p><p>Credit to: Fazlin Roslan</p><p><br /></p><p>#assheqencoway </p><p>#SelamatMalamDuniaTipuTipu</p>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-37985409460569012802021-05-07T00:00:00.012-07:002021-05-07T00:00:00.163-07:00How to Find Recently Viewed Ads on Facebook<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhB49VL3xIhelR7LHV06QfvwCz4JMbAdw4YXkD5DNVdrV6a-II_oCiJwmJVScBvxZg6bHXqHTyMfKmWfJiuHe7q3hyphenhyphenBSYp7NlF8gbn8vqC-uyOQIF8JDO6OYNvklxuA0uZ7FX90RVA4VV0/s1202/Facebook-User-Viewing-Recent-Ad-Activity.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="554" data-original-width="1202" height="299" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhB49VL3xIhelR7LHV06QfvwCz4JMbAdw4YXkD5DNVdrV6a-II_oCiJwmJVScBvxZg6bHXqHTyMfKmWfJiuHe7q3hyphenhyphenBSYp7NlF8gbn8vqC-uyOQIF8JDO6OYNvklxuA0uZ7FX90RVA4VV0/w652-h299/Facebook-User-Viewing-Recent-Ad-Activity.png" width="652" /></a></div><p></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Ads are all over the place, but Facebook sometimes manages to show you the right product at the right time. Wondering how to find an ad you clicked on weeks ago? Here’s how to find recently viewed ads on Facebook.</p><div style="text-align: justify;"><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The Facebook app on iPhone and Android has a separate section for your ad activity. Here, you can track all the sponsored posts that you’ve interacted with on your news feed. The steps for getting there are slightly different for both platforms.</p><div aria-hidden="true" id="purch_N_C_0_1" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><div style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Find Recently Viewed Ads on Facebook for Android</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You’ll find your recent ad activity in the Facebook menu. To get started, open the <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.facebook.katana&hl=en_IN&gl=US" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Facebook app for Android</a>. Then, tap the hamburger menu button from the top toolbar.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Tap Menu in Facebook for Android" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717509" height="291" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Tap-Menu-in-Facebook-for-Android.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Choose the “See More” option.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Tap See More in Facebook for Android" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717510" height="262" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Tap-See-More-in-Facebook-for-Android.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Now, tap the “Recent Ad Activity” button.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Recent Ad Activity in Facebook for Android" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717511" height="270" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Recent-Ad-Activity-in-Facebook-for-Android.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">From here, you’ll be able to see a reverse-chronological list of all the ads and sponsored posts you’ve interacted with. Tap an ad to open it in the browser. From the menu, you can also find the option to <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/334046/how-to-hide-specific-ads-on-facebook/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">hide the ad in the future</a>.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Tap Ad to Open" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717512" height="475" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Tap-Ad-to-Open.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You can tap the “Save” button to save an ad for later. You’ll find all the saved ads in the Saved tab.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Save Ad for Later" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717513" height="267" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Save-Ad-for-Later.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Find Recently Viewed Ads on Facebook for iPhone</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The steps for viewing recently clicked ads on Facebook are different in the iPhone app. To get started, open the <a href="https://apps.apple.com/in/app/facebook/id284882215" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Facebook app for iPhone</a>.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Then, tap the hamburger button from the bottom toolbar and choose the “See More” option.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Tap See More from Facebook for iPhone" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717514" height="387" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Tap-See-More-from-Facebook-for-iPhone.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Now, choose the “Recent Ad Activity” option.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Tap Recent Ad Activity in Facebook for iPhone" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717515" height="295" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Tap-Recent-Ad-Activity-in-Facebook-for-iPhone.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You will see all the ads you’ve clicked on recently. Just tap an ad to open it in your browser.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Tap to Open Ad in Facebook for iPhone" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717517" height="442" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Tap-to-Open-Ad-in-Facebook-for-iPhone.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="452" /></p><hr style="background-color: #cccccc; border: 0px; box-sizing: content-box; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; height: 1px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;" /><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Wondering which advertisers have your private information on Facebook? <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/fyi/how-to-see-which-facebook-advertisers-have-your-private-info/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Facebook has an option in settings</a> where you can find out.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><span style="color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, Open Sans, sans-serif;"><i>Credit to: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/717507/how-to-find-recently-viewed-ads-on-facebook/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">How To Geek - Khamosh Pathak</a></i></span></p></div>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-23266301702414971372021-05-05T00:00:00.009-07:002021-05-05T00:00:00.168-07:00How to Fix “Start, Taskbar, and Action Center” Accent Color Grayed out on Windows 10<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjn4bXufSscbRCVH2W2X7XZb02jApx45d4gawuKr52yDlE8dMQ_KDzjKaVIDifnTE74jhe41JxOQx4w3Y0RI9W3W7jhDFZc9QbS75aSEPOK9-qFbeqKy_zlXkY7-MY_2N-mFD7p9brliMM/s1202/windows_desktop_hero.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="554" data-original-width="1202" height="298" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjn4bXufSscbRCVH2W2X7XZb02jApx45d4gawuKr52yDlE8dMQ_KDzjKaVIDifnTE74jhe41JxOQx4w3Y0RI9W3W7jhDFZc9QbS75aSEPOK9-qFbeqKy_zlXkY7-MY_2N-mFD7p9brliMM/w649-h298/windows_desktop_hero.jpg" width="649" /></a></div><p></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Beginning with the <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/684812/whats-new-in-windows-10s-20h2-update-arriving-fall-2020/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">October 2020 update</a>, Windows 10 defaults to a <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/417976/how-to-enable-windows-10s-new-light-theme/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">light theme</a> that prevents you from setting an accent color for your Start menu, taskbar, and action center. You may see the option grayed out in Settings. Here’s how to get the option back.</p><div style="text-align: justify;"><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">By default, you can’t set accent colors on the Start menu and taskbar in Windows 10 unless you have your appearance set to dark mode. If you’re in light mode and you visit “Colors” in Settings, you’ll see the “Start, taskbar, and action center” grayed out.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="In Windows 10, the show accent color on "Start, taskbar, and action center" might be greyed out." class="alignnone size-full wp-image-714915" height="195" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/accent_greyed_out_1.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To fix it, we’ll need to change to dark mode first. Launch Settings by clicking your Start menu and selecting the small gear icon. You can press Windows+i on your keyboard to open the Settings window.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="In the Windows 10 Start Menu, click the "gear" icon to open Settings." class="alignnone size-full wp-image-694682" height="320" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/win_open_settings.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">In Settings, click “Personalization.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="In Windows 10 Settings, click "Personalization."" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-694684" height="339" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/windows_settings_click_personalization.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">In “Personalization,” click “Colors” in the sidebar.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="In Personalization settings, click "Colors" in the sidebar." class="alignnone size-full wp-image-696974" height="346" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/win10_click_colors_sidebar.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">In “Colors” settings, click the “Choose your color” drop-down menu and select “Custom.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="In Windows Settings, under "Choose your color, " select "Custom."" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-696973" height="421" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/win10_choose_custom.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">When you select “Custom” from the “Choose your color” menu, two new options will appear below. Under “Choose your default Windows mode,” click the radio button beside “Dark.” This will allow you to set an accent color for your Start menu and taskbar.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">(Since you chose “Custom” earlier, you can set “Choose your default app mode” to either “Light” or “Dark” depending on your personal preference.)</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Under "Choose your default Winodws mode," select "Dark."" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-696970" height="360" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/choose_custom_color_Dark.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">After that, scroll down the page until you see “Show accent color on the following surfaces.” Since you’re in dark mode, the “Start, taskbar, and action center” option will no longer be grayed out. If you’d like to use it, place a checkmark in the box beside it.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Place a check mark beside "Start, taskbar, and action menu."" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-714916" height="195" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/accent_not_greyed_out_1.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Once that’s set, scroll back up on the “Colors” page, and you can pick any color you’d like for your accent. You can even place a check beside “Automatically pick an accent color from my background” and have the accent color match your desktop wallpaper.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="In Window Settings, choose your accent color from the grid." class="alignnone size-full wp-image-696969" height="458" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/choose_custom_accent_color_grid.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">After that, close Settings. To test out your new color, open your Start menu, and it will match the accent color you selected.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="A Windows 10 Start menu with an accent color added." class="alignnone size-full wp-image-696971" height="450" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/colored_start_menu.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If you ever want to change colors again, just revisit Settings > Personalization > Colors and pick a different accent color from the grid. Or you can uncheck the “Start, taskbar, and action center” option to return to default colors. Have fun!</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><span style="color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, Open Sans, sans-serif;"><i>Credit to: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/714901/how-to-fix-start-taskbar-and-action-center-accent-color-grayed-out-on-windows-10/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">How To Geek - Benj Edwards</a></i></span></p></div>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-66649687408109557832021-05-03T00:00:00.011-07:002021-05-03T00:00:00.177-07:00How to Use the LEN Function in Microsoft Excel<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgsBZmhngC5ijiFy6pF0R9lFNY0d1X0lRn53X4YkpVWpiPQU1a8AvpwluGWKN-bwiouSp6cCEI4qchpMGfgNRInF5Z1RY_Vk9HdAynbYbXyYP_G-YvcTsDAMhBAXum4To1WPULn8O9kFyc/s1202/office_excel_lede.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="554" data-original-width="1202" height="299" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgsBZmhngC5ijiFy6pF0R9lFNY0d1X0lRn53X4YkpVWpiPQU1a8AvpwluGWKN-bwiouSp6cCEI4qchpMGfgNRInF5Z1RY_Vk9HdAynbYbXyYP_G-YvcTsDAMhBAXum4To1WPULn8O9kFyc/w651-h299/office_excel_lede.png" width="651" /></a></div><p></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">If you’ve ever wanted to try and find the number of characters in a line of text, you can use Microsoft Excel to do so, thanks to the LEN function. Here’s how to use it.</p><div style="text-align: justify;"><div aria-hidden="true" id="purch_N_C_0_1" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><div style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">What Is the LEN Function?</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The LEN function is a simple calculation function that counts all the characters in a given text string, including numbers, letters, special characters, and spaces. The function name (LEN) is shorthand for length, as the function output provides the total length of a text string as a number.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To give you an example, let’s assume that an Excel workbook contains a cell with the following text:</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">This is an example text string containing 56 characters!</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The text string contains spaces, text, numbers, and a special character, and has a length of 56 characters. Should you wish to confirm this calculation, you could use LEN to do so.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">How to Use the LEN Function in Microsoft Excel</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Unlike <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/school/microsoft-excel-formulas-and-functions/lesson4/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">other Excel functions</a>, the LEN function is extremely simple to use. It contains only one argument—the text string that you wish to calculate. You can either place this in the formula directly, or you can refer to a cell that contains the text string.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">For example, the following formula calculates the length of a text string contained in cell A1. If you wish to use this formula yourself, replace the cell reference with your own.</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">=LEN(A1)</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="An example of an Excel formula using the LEN function, calculating the length of a text string." class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717089" height="167" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/LEN-Cell-Reference-Example.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="380" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">As previously mentioned, you can also use LEN to calculate the length of a text string written into the formula directly using the example formula below.</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">=LEN("This is an example text string.")</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="An example of the LEN function in Excel, showing the length of a text string placed in the formula directly." class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717090" height="137" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/LEN-Function-Example.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="466" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You can replace the example text with your own, but you’ll need to surround the text string in quote marks. Alternatively, place the text in a separate cell (without quote marks), then use the cell reference for that cell in your formula to determine the length instead.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><span style="color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, Open Sans, sans-serif;"><i>Credit to: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/716615/how-to-use-the-len-function-in-microsoft-excel/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">How To Geek - Ben Stockton</a></i></span></p></div>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-4400914863375753162021-04-30T00:00:00.012-07:002021-04-30T00:00:00.209-07:00How to Use “Here Documents” in Bash on Linux<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhgu_eLhS3568boehkJC8j6VRcgULjZVTok_2i1PlnUUbg0y8LLvB2gayyuqY9T0Ww4km5LDwT_O4trMtlyrTyxKKY4doUJbpj1sEQH7e6U83gxgwGeqSV5Cjz_3NgEX7nqFrXGzrk5vpQ/s1202/stock-lede-linux-see-attribution.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="554" data-original-width="1202" height="295" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhgu_eLhS3568boehkJC8j6VRcgULjZVTok_2i1PlnUUbg0y8LLvB2gayyuqY9T0Ww4km5LDwT_O4trMtlyrTyxKKY4doUJbpj1sEQH7e6U83gxgwGeqSV5Cjz_3NgEX7nqFrXGzrk5vpQ/w642-h295/stock-lede-linux-see-attribution.png" width="642" /></a></div><p></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">The strangely named “here documents” let you use input/out redirection inside Bash scripts on Linux. They’re a great way to automate commands you need to run on a remote computer.</p><div style="text-align: justify;"><div aria-hidden="true" id="purch_N_C_0_1" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><div style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><h2 id="here-documents" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Here Documents</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Many commands in Linux have two or three letter names. This is partly what gives rise to the notion that Linux is hard to learn and full of arcane commands. But one of the weirdest names in Linux isn’t one of the cryptically short ones. “Here documents” aren’t documents, and it isn’t really clear what the “here” refers to, either.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">They are a relatively obscure construct, but they are useful. Of course, this is Linux, so there’s more than one way to skin a cat. Some of the functionality provided by here documents can be reproduced in other ways. Those alternate methods are usually more complicated. In programming and scripting, “more complicated” also means “more prone to bugs,” and that your code is harder to maintain.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Where here documents really excel is in the automation of commands that you want to send to a remote computer from a connection established from within a script. Making the connection is easy, but once the connection has been made, how do you “pump” your commands from your script into the shell on the remote computer? Here documents let you do that very simply.</p><h2 id="basic-principles-of-here-documents" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Basic Principles of Here Documents</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The idiomatic representation of a here document looks like this:</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">COMMAND << limit_string
.
.
text
data
variables
.
.
limit_string</pre><ul style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; list-style-image: initial; list-style-position: initial; margin: 0px 0px 1.5em 20px; padding-left: 10px; text-align: left;"><li style="box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: 600;">COMMAND</span>: This can be any Linux command that accepts redirected input. Note, the <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">echo</code> command <a href="https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/echo.1.html" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9;">doesn’t accept redirected input</a>. If you need to write to the screen, you can use the <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">cat</code> command, <a href="https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/cat.1.html" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9;">which does</a>.</li><li style="box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: 600;"><<</span>: The redirection operator.</li><li style="box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: 600;">limit_string</span>: This is a label. It can be whatever you like as long as it doesn’t appear in the list of data you’re redirecting into the command. It is used to mark the end of the text, data, and variables list.</li><li style="box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: 600;">Data List</span>: A list of data to be fed to the command. It can contain commands, text, and variables. The contents of the data list are fed into the command one line at a time until the _limit_string is encountered.</li></ul><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You’ll probably see examples of here documents that use “EOF” as the limit string. We don’t favor that approach. It works, but “EOF” means “End of File.” Apart from the rare case where a home document is the last thing in a script file, “EOF” is being used erroneously.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">It will make your scripts much more readable if you use a limit string that refers to what you’re doing. If you’re sending a series of commands to a remote computer over <a href="https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/ssh.1.html" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Secure Shell</a> (SSH), a limit string called something like “_remote_commands” would make perfect sense. You don’t need to start them with an underscore “<code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">_</code>” character. We do that because it marks them as something out of the ordinary in your script.</p><h2 id="simple-examples" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Simple Examples</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You can use here documents on the command line and in scripts. When you type the following in a terminal window, you’ll see a “<code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">></code>” line continuation prompt each time you hit “Enter.” When you type the “_end_of_text” limit string and hit “Enter,” the list of websites is passed to <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">cat,</code> and they are displayed in the terminal window.</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">cat << _end_of_text
How-To Geek
Review Geek
LifeSavvy
CloudSavvy IT
MindBounce
_end_of_text</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719084" height="167" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/1-3.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="646" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">That’s not the most worthwhile of exercises, but it does demonstrate that nothing is sent to the command until the entire list of data is collated and the limit string is encountered. The <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">cat</code> command doesn’t receive any input until you enter the limit string “_end_of_text” and hit the “Enter” key.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719085" height="282" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/2-2.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="646" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">We can do the same thing in a script. Type or copy this example into an editor, save the file as “heredoc-1.sh”, and close the editor.</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">#!/bin/bash
cat << "_end_of_text"
Your user name is: $(whoami)
Your current working directory is: $PWD
Your Bash version is: $BASH_VERSION
_end_of_text</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">As you follow this article, each time you create a script, you’ll need to <a href="https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/chmod.1.html" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">make it executable</a> before it will run. In each case, <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/437958/how-to-use-the-chmod-command-on-linux/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">use the <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">chmod</code> command</a>. Substitute the name of the script in each example for the script name used here.</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">chmod +x heredoc-1.sh</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719086" height="57" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/3-2.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="646" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">This script contains two environment variables, <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">$PWD</code> and <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">$BASH_VERSION</code>. The environment variable names are replaced by their data values—the current working directory and the version of Bash—when the script is executed.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The script also uses <em style="box-sizing: inherit;">command substitution</em> on <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/410423/how-to-determine-the-current-user-account-in-linux/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">the <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">whoami</code> command</a>. The name of the command is replaced by its own output. The output from the entire script is written to the terminal window by the cat command. We run the script by calling it by name:</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">./heredoc-1.sh</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719088" height="132" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/4-2.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="646" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If you modify the script and wrap the limit string in the first line of the here document in quotation marks ” <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">"</code> “, the data list is passed to the here document command verbatim. Variable names are displayed instead of variable values, and command substitution will not take place.</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">#!/bin/bash
cat <<- "_end_of_text"
Your user name is: $(whoami)
Your current working directory is: $PWD
Your Bash version is: $BASH_VERSION
_end_of_text</pre><div class="sourceCode" id="cb2" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"><pre class="sourceCode bash" style="background: rgb(238, 238, 238); box-sizing: inherit; font-family: "Courier 10 Pitch", Courier, monospace; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.6; margin-bottom: 1.6em; max-width: 100%; overflow: auto; padding: 1.6em;">./heredoc-1.sh</pre></div><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719089" height="132" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/9-2.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="646" /></p><h2 id="handling-tab-characters" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Handling Tab Characters</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">By default, tab characters in your data list will be retained and written to the terminal window. Copy and save this example as “heredoc-2.sh.” Make it executable using the <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">chmod</code> command. Edit the indented lines to make sure that they have one or two tab characters at the start of the line rather than a series of spaces.</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">#!/bin/bash
cat << _end_of_text
Your user name is: $(whoami)
Your current working directory is: $PWD
Your Bash version is: $BASH_VERSION
_end_of_text</pre><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">./heredoc-2.sh</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719094" height="132" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/5-2.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="646" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The tabs are written to the terminal window.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">By adding a dash “<code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">-</code>” to the redirection operator, the here document will ignore leading tab characters. Save this example as “heredoc-3.sh” and make it executable.</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">#!/bin/bash
cat <<- _end_of_text
Your user name is: $(whoami)
Your current working directory is: $PWD
Your Bash version is: $BASH_VERSION
_end_of_text</pre><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">./heredoc-3.sh</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719099" height="132" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/15-2.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="646" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The tabs are ignored. This might seem trivial, but it is a neat way to cope with leading tabs due to indented sections of scripts.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Loops and other logical constructs are usually indented. If your here document is contained in an indented section of a script, using a dash “<code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">-</code>” with the redirection operator removes formatting issues caused by the leading tab characters.</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">#!/bin/bash
if true; then
cat <<- _limit_string
Line 1 with a leading tab.
Line 2 with a leading tab.
Line 3 with a leading tab.
_limit_string
fi</pre><h2 id="redirecting-to-a-file" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Redirecting to a File</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The output from the command used with the here document can be redirected into a file. Use the “<code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">></code>” (create the file) or “<code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">>></code>” (create the file if it doesn’t exist, append to the file if it does) redirection operators <em style="box-sizing: inherit;">after</em> the limit string in the first line of the here document.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">This script is “heredoc-4.sh.” It will redirect its output to a text file called “session.txt.”</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">#!/bin/bash
cat << _end_of_text > session.txt
Your user name is: $(whoami)
Your current working directory is: $PWD
Your Bash version is: $BASH_VERSION
_end_of_text</pre><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">./heredoc-4.sh</pre><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">cat session.text</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719100" height="147" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/6-2.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="646" /></p><h2 id="piping-the-output-to-another-command" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Piping the Output to Another Command</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The output from the command used in a here document can be piped as the input to another command. Use <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/438882/how-to-use-pipes-on-linux/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">the pipe “<code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">|</code>” operator</a> <em style="box-sizing: inherit;">after</em> the limit string in the first line of the here document. We’re going to pipe the output from the here document command, <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">cat</code>, into <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">sed</code>. We want to <a href="https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/sed.1.html" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">substitute all occurrences</a> of the letter “a” with the letter “e”.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Name this script “heredoc-5.sh.”</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">#!/bin/bash
cat << _end_of_text | sed 's/a/e/g'
How
To
Gaak
_end_of_text</pre><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">./heredoc-5.sh</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">“Gaak” is corrected to “Geek.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719102" height="132" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/7-2.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="646" /></p><h2 id="sending-parameters-to-a-function" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Sending Parameters to a Function</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The command that is used with a here document can be a function in the script.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">This script passes some vehicle data into a function. The function reads the data as though it had been typed in by a user. The values of the variables are then printed. Save this script as “heredoc-6.sh”.</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">#!/bin/bash
# the set_car_details() function
set_car_details ()
{
read make
read model
read new_used
read delivery_collect
read location
read price
}
# The here document that passes the data to set_car_details()
set_car_details << _mars_rover_data
NASA
Perseverance Rover
Used
Collect
Mars (long,lat) 77.451865,18.445161
2.2 billion
_mars_rover_data
# Retrieve the vehicle details
echo "Make: $make"
echo "Model: $model"
echo "New or Used: $new_used"
echo "Delivery or Collection: $delivery_collect"
echo "Location: $location"
echo "Price \$: $price"</pre><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">./heredoc-6.sh</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719103" height="197" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/8-1.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="646" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The vehicle details are written to the terminal window.</p><h2 id="creating-and-sending-an-email" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Creating and Sending an Email</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">We can use a here document to compose and send an email. Note that we can pass parameters to the command in front of the redirection operator. We’re<a href="https://www.cloudsavvyit.com/719/how-to-set-up-a-mail-agent-for-command-line-email/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;"> using the Linux <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">mail</code> command</a> to <a href="https://linux.die.net/man/1/mail" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">send an email through the local mail system</a> to the user account called “dave”. The <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">-s</code> (subject) option allows us to specify the subject for the email.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">This example forms script “heredoc-7.sh.”</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">#!/bin/bash
article="Here Documents"
mail -s 'Workload status' dave << _project_report
User name: $(whoami)
Has completed assignment:
Article: $article
_project_report</pre><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">./heredoc-7.sh</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719104" height="57" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/10-1.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="646" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">There is no visible output from this script. But when we check our mail, we see that the email was composed, dispatched, and delivered.</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">mail</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719105" height="372" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/11-2.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="646" /></p><h2 id="using-here-documents-with-ssh" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Using Here Documents with SSH</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Here documents are a powerful and convenient way to execute some commands on a remote computer once an SSH connection has been established. If you’ve set up SSH keys between the two computers, the login process will be fully automatic. In this quick and dirty example, you’ll be prompted for the password for the user account on the remote computer.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">This script is “heredoc-8.sh”. We’re going to connect to a remote computer called “remote-pc”. The user account is called “dave”. We’re using the <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">-T</code> (disable pseudo-terminal allocation) option because we don’t need an interactive pseudo-terminal to be assigned to us.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">In the “do some work in here” section of the script, we could pass a list of commands, and these would be executed on the remote computer. Of course, you could just call a script that was on the remote computer. The remote script could hold all of the commands and routines that you want to have executed.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">All that our script—heredoc-8.sh—is going to do is update a connection log on the remote computer. The user account and a time and date stamp are logged to a text file.</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">#!/bin/bash
ssh -T dave@remote-pc.local << _remote_commands
# do some work in here
# update connection log
echo $USER "-" $(date) >> /home/dave/conn_log/script.log
_remote_commands</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">When we run the command, we are prompted for the password for the account on the <em style="box-sizing: inherit;">remote</em> computer.</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">./heredoc-8.sh</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719107" height="77" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/12-2.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="646" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Some information about the remote computer is displayed, and we’re returned to the command prompt.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719108" height="307" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/13-1.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="646" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">On the <em style="box-sizing: inherit;">remote</em> computer, we can use <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">cat</code> to check the connection log:</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px; text-align: left;">cat conn_log/script.log</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719110" height="167" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/14-2.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="646" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Each connection is listed for us.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Strange Name, Neat Features</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Here documents are quirky but powerful, especially when used to send commands to a remote computer. It’d be a simple matter to script a backup routine using <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">rsync</code>. The script could then connect to the remote computer, check the remaining storage space, and send an alerting email if space was getting low.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><span style="color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, Open Sans, sans-serif;"><i>Credit to: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/719058/how-to-use-here-documents-in-bash-on-linux/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">How To Geek - Dave Mckay</a></i></span></p></div>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-42740372455729417292021-04-28T00:00:00.001-07:002021-04-28T00:00:00.246-07:0010 Spring Cleaning Tips for Your Windows PC<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhPeBF7rc-IXYwU5oy3Ozqwg-8ut_jF2ddM11cRUYZ7EsR0pcKdzVqe6oSlxwy1cGJF04c3F7yAjQ-8QLjznOxtonfS6jiZSxq559dvyUu6lIV7kZXEUnS7vuKBPhPVVYYOaZ2Z2aA1ySA/s1202/spring-laptop.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="556" data-original-width="1202" height="297" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhPeBF7rc-IXYwU5oy3Ozqwg-8ut_jF2ddM11cRUYZ7EsR0pcKdzVqe6oSlxwy1cGJF04c3F7yAjQ-8QLjznOxtonfS6jiZSxq559dvyUu6lIV7kZXEUnS7vuKBPhPVVYYOaZ2Z2aA1ySA/w641-h297/spring-laptop.jpg" width="641" /></a></div><p></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Don’t forget your computer when you’re <a href="https://www.lifesavvy.com/t/springcleanchallenge/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">spring cleaning all your things</a>. From the software to the hardware, there are some easy ways to get your Windows 10 laptop or desktop tidied up and running in tip-top shape.</p><div style="text-align: justify;"><div aria-hidden="true" id="purch_N_C_0_1" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><div style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Uninstall Applications That You Don’t Use</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">This tip may seem obvious, but it’s a good place to start. Many apps that you install add startup programs or background system services that make your PC take longer to boot and that use resources in the background. Some programs clutter File Explorer’s context menus with options. Others—especially PC games—can just use a lot of disk space.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">That’s fine if you use these applications and find them beneficial, but it’s easy to install a large number of applications and find yourself not using them at all. To clean things up, uninstall the applications that you don’t use.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">On Windows 10, you can head to Settings > Apps > Apps & Features to see a list of applications that you can uninstall. You can also <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/338317/how-to-get-to-the-old-uninstall-programs-panel-on-windows-10/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">access the traditional “Uninstall or change a program” pane in the classic Control Panel</a>.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">As you’re going through the list, remember that certain programs in it are “dependencies” that other programs need. For example, there’s a good chance that you’ll see a number of “<a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/256245/why-are-there-so-many-microsoft-visual-c-redistributables-installed-on-my-pc/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Microsoft Visual C++ Redistributable</a>” items here. You’ll want to leave those installed.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If you don’t know what a program is or what it does, perform a web search for it. You might find that the program is a necessary and useful utility for your PC’s hardware, for example.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Remove Browser Extensions That You Don’t Need</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Browser extensions are similar to apps. It’s easy to install a bunch and find yourself not using them. However, browser extensions can slow down your web browsing, and most of them have access to everything you do in your browser. This makes them <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/716771/did-you-know-browser-extensions-are-looking-at-your-bank-account/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">a security and privacy risk</a>, especially if they’re created by a company or individual you don’t trust.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If you’ve installed the official browser extension made by the <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/141500/why-you-should-use-a-password-manager-and-how-to-get-started/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">password manager</a> company that you already trust, that’s one thing. But if you’ve installed a small extension that provides an occasionally useful function, and it’s been made by some unknown individual—well, maybe you’re better off without it installed.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Go through your web browser’s installed extensions and remove ones that you don’t use—or trust. In Google Chrome, for example, click menu > More Tools > Extensions to find them. In Mozilla Firefox, click menu > Add-ons. In Microsoft Edge, click menu > Extensions.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Tweak Your Startup Programs</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">We recommend uninstalling programs that you don’t need and aren’t using. But you may sometimes want to leave a program installed while preventing it from launching at startup. Then you can launch the program only when you need it. This can <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/220033/how-to-make-your-windows-10-pc-boot-faster/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">speed up your boot process</a> and clean up your system tray or <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/685748/did-you-know-windows-has-never-had-a-system-tray/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">notification area</a>.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To find <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/162446/how-to-manage-startup-applications-in-windows-8/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">the Startup Program controls on Windows 10</a>, right-click your taskbar and select “Task Manager” (or press Ctrl+Shift+Esc). Click the “Startup” tab—and if you don’t see it, click “more Details” first. (You can also find a similar tool at <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/351537/how-to-manage-startup-programs-in-windows-10s-settings-app/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Settings > Apps > Startup</a>.)</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Disable any programs that you don’t want running at boot. Many of them will not be necessary. Bear in mind that this may impact functionality—for example, if you choose not to run Microsoft OneDrive or Dropbox at boot, then they won’t launch and synchronize your files automatically. You will have to open them after your computer’s startup process is complete for that to happen.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Organize Your Desktop and Files</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="A clean, empty Windows 10 desktop and taskbar." class="alignnone wp-image-721608 size-full" height="366" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/empty-desktop.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Spring cleaning isn’t just about making your PC run faster. It’s also about making you faster at using it. Having a properly organized file structure will make it easier for you to find the files that you need without the files you don’t need getting in the way.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/362241/how-to-organize-your-messy-windows-desktop-and-keep-it-that-way/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Cleaning up your messy desktop</a> is a big part of that. And if you don’t want to clean up your desktop, consider just hiding your desktop icons, which you can do easily by right-clicking your desktop and unchecking View > Show desktop icons.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Beyond that, consider opening File Explorer and organizing your personal files and folders. There’s a good chance that your Downloads folder, in particular, needs a cleanup—or just some quick deleting of old downloads that you no longer need. Whichever folders you use frequently, consider <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/howto/10357/add-your-own-folders-to-favorites-in-windows-7/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">pinning them to the Quick Access sidebar in File Explorer</a> for easier access to your stuff.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Clean up Your Taskbar and Start Menu</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">While you’re at it, consider pruning or reorganizing your taskbar icons. If your <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/225568/how-to-configure-and-customize-the-taskbar-in-windows-10/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">taskbar</a> is full of icons for applications that you don’t need, unpin them by right-clicking them and selecting “Unpin from Taskbar.” Rearrange them with drag-and-drop to reposition them wherever you like on the taskbar.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Take a look at <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/197836/8-ways-to-customize-the-windows-10-start-menu/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">customizing your Start menu</a>, too. Windows 10’s default Start menu is packed with shortcut tiles that you probably don’t use. If you’ve never customized it, now is a good time to ensure that only the programs you actually use are pinned to its tiles area.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">And while you’re at it, you might have a variety of programs running in the background that have a system tray icon. You can <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/75510/beginner-how-to-customize-and-tweak-your-system-tray-icons-in-windows-7/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">hide notification area icons with a quick drag-and-drop</a>, leaving the program running while getting the icon off your taskbar.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Tidy up Your Browser and Its Bookmarks</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You probably spend a lot of time in your computer’s web browser. If you use its bookmarks feature, consider taking some time to reorganize your bookmarks in a way that makes sense.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">It’s easiest to do this from your browser’s bookmarks manager rather than fiddling with the bookmarks toolbar. In Google Chrome, click menu > Bookmarks > Bookmark Manager to launch it. Consider backing up your bookmarks before continuing, in case you want them again in the future. We’ve got a lot of tips for <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/403345/how-to-declutter-your-web-browser-bookmarks/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">decluttering your bookmarks</a>.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Run Disk Cleanup to Free up Space</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If you want to clean up some temporary files and free up some disk space, try using the Disk Cleanup tool built into Windows. On Windows 10, open the Start menu, search for “Disk Cleanup” using the search box, and click “Disk Cleanup” to launch it. Click the “Clean up system files” button to ensure that you’re cleaning up both your Windows user account’s files and system-wide files.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Depending on how long it’s been since you last ran this tool, you may be able to free up gigabytes of unnecessary files—for example, files related to old Windows Updates. <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/266337/what-should-i-remove-in-disk-cleanup-on-windows/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Look carefully through the list of things that Disk Cleanup plans to delete</a> to ensure that the tool doesn’t delete anything you want to keep.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Dust out Your PC</h2><figure class="wp-caption alignnone" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 1em 0px 1.5em; max-width: 100%; text-align: left; width: 650px;"><img alt="A dusty fan inside a PC's case." class="wp-image-721609 size-full" data-credittext="MelnikovSergei/Shutterstock.com" data-crediturl="https://www.shutterstock.com/image-photo/dust-on-computer-pc-processor-cooler-617988500" height="433" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/dusty-fan.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; display: block; height: auto; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /><figcaption class="wp-caption-text" style="box-sizing: inherit; color: #555555; font-size: 14px; margin-bottom: 0.8075em; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px !important; padding: 10px 10px 10px 5px;"><span class="imagecredit" style="background: url("data:image/svg+xml;base64,PHN2ZyB4bWxucz0iaHR0cDovL3d3dy53My5vcmcvMjAwMC9zdmciIHdpZHRoPSIyNCIgaGVpZ2h0PSIyNCIgdmlld0JveD0iMCAwIDI0IDI0Ij4KICAgIDxjaXJjbGUgY3g9IjEyIiBjeT0iMTIiIHI9IjMuMiIgZmlsbD0iI0FBQUFBQSIvPgogICAgPHBhdGggZD0iTTkgMmwtMS44MyAyaC0zLjE3Yy0xLjEgMC0yIC45LTIgMnYxMmMwIDEuMS45IDIgMiAyaDE2YzEuMSAwIDItLjkgMi0ydi0xMmMwLTEuMS0uOS0yLTItMmgtMy4xN2wtMS44My0yaC02em0zIDE1Yy0yLjc2IDAtNS0yLjI0LTUtNXMyLjI0LTUgNS01IDUgMi4yNCA1IDUtMi4yNCA1LTUgNXoiIGZpbGw9IiNBQUFBQUEiLz4KICAgIDxwYXRoIGQ9Ik0wIDBoMjR2MjRoLTI0eiIgZmlsbD0ibm9uZSIvPgo8L3N2Zz4=") 0px center / 16px no-repeat; box-sizing: inherit; color: #999999; margin-left: 10px; padding-left: 20px; padding-right: 5px;"><a href="https://www.shutterstock.com/image-photo/dust-on-computer-pc-processor-cooler-617988500" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #999999; padding-right: 5px; text-decoration-line: none;">MelnikovSergei/Shutterstock.com</a></span></figcaption></figure><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If you have a desktop PC, you should be opening it regularly and giving it a quick dust. (Be sure to turn the PC off first!) <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/194479/how-to-clean-the-dust-out-of-your-laptop/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Dusting your laptop</a> may also be necessary.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Dust often builds up in your PC’s fans and in other components, reducing their cooling effectiveness. As a result, your PC may run hotter, or at least, the fan will have to work harder to provide the same amount of cooling.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">While you don’t have to go crazy in <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/72716/how-to-thoroughly-clean-your-dirty-desktop-computer/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">thoroughly cleaning every part of your PC</a>, we do recommend powering off your PC and cleaning it with compressed air (like <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Dust-Off-Electronics-Compressed-Improved-Version/dp/B07QJY6MKD/?ots=1&tag=hotoge-20" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Falcon Dust-Off</a> or a similar brand). Never use a vacuum for this!<br /></p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Clean Your Dirty Keyboard, Monitor, and More</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Dust on the inside of your PC can affect performance and cooling. But there’s probably dust elsewhere, too: on the screen of your computer’s monitor, in between the keys on your keyboard, and more.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Spring cleaning is a great time to do a nice, deep clean. To clean your monitor, all you really need is a standard microfiber cloth, the same kind you’d use to wipe a pair of eyeglasses.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To deep-clean your keyboard, you can generally remove the keys and use compressed air or a vacuum to clear out the accumulated debris.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">We’ve got <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/663058/how-to-clean-and-disinfect-all-your-gadgets/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">tips for cleaning all your other PC peripherals</a>, too. You can buy a wide variety of different <a href="https://www.lifesavvy.com/16544/10-products-for-cleaning-your-gross-laptop-and-phone/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">products that promise to help speed up the cleaning process</a>.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Optional: Consider “Resetting” Windows 10</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Let’s end with a geeky tip: If you feel like you want to start off with a fresh, clean Windows installation, consider resetting Windows 10. Don’t confuse this with <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/173760/htg-explains-why-does-rebooting-a-computer-fix-so-many-problems/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">rebooting your PC</a>—it’s more like a factory reset on other devices.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">In Windows 10, <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/443872/how-windows-10s-reset-this-pc-has-gotten-more-powerful/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">“resetting” Windows</a> is similar to reinstalling it. You’ll get a factory-default environment, without the programs you’ve installed and the settings you’ve changed. You can then start fresh. (You can choose to keep your personal files while going through the reset process.)</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">While resetting Windows, you can choose to <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/678025/how-to-use-windows-10s-fresh-start-on-the-may-2020-update/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">perform a “Fresh Start,”</a> which will actually erase any <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/163303/how-computer-manufacturers-are-paid-to-make-your-laptop-worse/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">manufacturer-installed bloatware</a> and give you a fresh, straight-from-Microsoft Windows 10 system. If your PC came with a lot of manufacturer-installed junk, this is a great option to try.</p><blockquote class="admonishment_warning" style="background: none rgb(255, 255, 255); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 0px 10px 10px; max-width: 618px; overflow-x: auto; padding: 10px; quotes: "" ""; text-align: left;"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: 600;">Warning:</span> If you try this, you should be aware that afterward, you’ll have to spend time reinstalling your software and configuring Windows 10 the way you like it. Also, we recommend <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/242428/whats-the-best-way-to-back-up-my-computer/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9;">backing up your files</a> before going through this process, just in case: The reset process can keep your files if you select the correct options, but it’s better to be safe than sorry. It’s always best to have an up-to-date backup at all times.</blockquote><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Don’t want a fresh Windows installation? Skip this step! If you followed our other tips, your PC should be spruced up already.</p><hr style="background-color: #cccccc; border: 0px; box-sizing: content-box; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; height: 1px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;" /><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Now your PC is tidied up and ready to go. </p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><span style="color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, Open Sans, sans-serif;"><i>Credit to: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/721589/10-spring-cleaning-tips-for-your-windows-pc/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">How To Geek - Chris Hoffman</a></i></span></p></div>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-70929804961876041842021-04-26T00:00:00.012-07:002021-04-26T00:00:00.186-07:00How to Add a Kids Profile to Google TV<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgBy_g1T7i1rCkDfnuDXukroBphtlowEN2L3V0dZtq99U7L2jbqfbtoqLBk7T8jq0bv-dqY1QnQUVvqXf2u4fVwTOD3lQgwGxzMSHzSzVJ2fbwdJk51GeIb-3Ki0wj3UHMrBbeLhSAkaRo/s1202/google-tv-kids-1.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="555" data-original-width="1202" height="311" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgBy_g1T7i1rCkDfnuDXukroBphtlowEN2L3V0dZtq99U7L2jbqfbtoqLBk7T8jq0bv-dqY1QnQUVvqXf2u4fVwTOD3lQgwGxzMSHzSzVJ2fbwdJk51GeIb-3Ki0wj3UHMrBbeLhSAkaRo/w672-h311/google-tv-kids-1.png" width="672" /></a></div><p></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/693826/whats-the-difference-between-google-tv-and-android-tv/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Google TV</a> devices, like the <a href="https://www.reviewgeek.com/56381/chromecast-with-google-tv-review-roku-should-be-worried/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Chromecast with Google TV</a>, are great at surfacing content to watch, but not all of that content is family-friendly. Thankfully, you can set up a specific profile for your kids, complete with parental controls.</p><div style="text-align: justify;"><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You can have multiple profiles for everyone in your home on Google TV devices. The Kids profiles have a bunch of extra controls, including bedtimes, viewing limits, app monitoring, and more.</p><div aria-hidden="true" id="purch_N_C_0_1" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><div style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Creating a Kids profile will add them as a member to your <a href="https://www.reviewgeek.com/74191/google-family-links-new-update-gives-parents-better-control-of-app-time-limits/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Google Family</a>. It’s not the same as creating a Kids profile from scratch, as you won’t be assigning them a Gmail address. Let’s get started.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">On the Google TV home screen, select your profile icon in the top-right corner.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="profile icon on home screen" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-721777" height="185" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/2021-04-01_13-03-14.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="575" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">From the menu, select your account.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="select account from menu" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-721778" height="196" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/2021-04-01_13-03-23.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="568" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Now, choose “Add a Kid” to proceed.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="add a kid" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-721776" height="291" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/2021-04-01_10-31-56.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Next, you’ll be greeted with a friendly introduction screen. Select “Get Started.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="get started screen" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-721792" height="332" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/2021-04-01_10-19-37.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="651" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If you previously added a Kids account to your Google Family, you’ll see them listed here. You can select them, “Add Another Kid,” or “Add a Kid.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="add a kid" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-721770" height="204" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/2021-04-01_10-19-56.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="648" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The next screen will ask for your child’s name. You could also put a generic “Kids” label here if you want this to be a shared profile. Select “Next” when you’re done.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="add kids name" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-721771" height="343" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/2021-04-01_10-20-47.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="649" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Now it will ask for your child’s age. Again, you don’t have to be specific here if you don’t want to be. Select “Next” when you’re done.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="kids age" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-721772" height="348" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/2021-04-01_10-21-03.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You’ll now see some Terms of Service and Parental Consent information from Google. Select “Agree” after you’ve looked everything over and accepted it.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="agree with terms" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-721773" height="280" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/2021-04-01_10-21-32.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The last step for creating the profile is “Parental Verification.” Choose a phone number for the verification code to be sent to, then select “Send.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="choose phone number" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-721774" height="243" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/2021-04-01_10-21-44.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="649" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">After you receive it, enter the code on the next screen and select “Next.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="enter code" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-721775" height="235" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/2021-04-01_10-22-13.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="649" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The profile will now be created on your Google TV device, which should only take a couple of minutes. Once that’s finished, the first thing you’ll be asked to do is Select Apps. Click “Next” to proceed.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="select apps intro" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-721779" height="237" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/PXL_20210401_142542180.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="649" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You’ll be presented with a row of suggested kids apps and a row of apps from your account. Select any apps that you want to have on the profile, and then click “Install & Continue.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="select apps to install" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-721782" height="311" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/PXL_20210401_142650435.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="649" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Next, Google TV will ask whether you’d like to set up any of the other parental controls. There are several things that you can do here:</p><ul style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; list-style-image: initial; list-style-position: initial; margin: 0px 0px 1.5em 20px; padding-left: 10px; text-align: left;"><li style="box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: 600;">Screen Time:</span> Set daily time limits for viewing or add a bedtime.</li><li style="box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: 600;">Profile Lock:</span> Lock the Kids profile so that they can’t leave it.</li><li style="box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: 600;">Family Library:</span> Select ratings for TV shows and movies that can be shared from your purchases.</li><li style="box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: 600;">Theme:</span> Choose a fun theme for the Kids profile.</li></ul><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">After you’ve explored these options, select “Finish Setup.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="explore parental options" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-721789" height="328" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/PXL_20210401_142753416aa.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Lastly, you’ll see a reminder to set up the home screen and sign in to any apps that may need it. Select “Let’s Go.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="let's go" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-721790" height="343" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/PXL_20210401_142801826.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="649" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Now you’re looking at the Kids profile <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/694783/how-to-customize-the-google-tv-home-screen/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">home screen</a>! It’s a lot more simple than the regular profiles and lacks all the content recommendations.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="kids profile home screen" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-721791" height="364" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/PXL_20210401_142818270.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">This is a great way to give your kids a little more freedom without giving them the full reigns to all the content on the internet. Now you can feel a little better about them using the TV with a Kids profile.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><span style="color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, Open Sans, sans-serif;"><i>Credit to: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/721733/how-to-add-a-kids-profile-to-google-tv/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">How To Geek - Joe Fedewa</a></i></span></p></div>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-37280483168400792372021-04-23T00:00:00.010-07:002021-04-23T00:00:00.345-07:00How to Hide (and Unhide) Menu Items in Adobe Photoshop<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjcygRuR-DgAA5ndzMO0yLg3xTN7SvBflU0YoP7_oA2k4bjXESzr_YdfTM2lI9DHZsSJgQ8_-HeoBMunWYY2Ynfg5RBx2OIZZ23R40ZUE2H95yNDMK8ySAxnTLkxPJhETprskbBzboYyhM/s1202/Photoshop-lede.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="554" data-original-width="1202" height="305" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjcygRuR-DgAA5ndzMO0yLg3xTN7SvBflU0YoP7_oA2k4bjXESzr_YdfTM2lI9DHZsSJgQ8_-HeoBMunWYY2Ynfg5RBx2OIZZ23R40ZUE2H95yNDMK8ySAxnTLkxPJhETprskbBzboYyhM/w663-h305/Photoshop-lede.png" width="663" /></a></div><p></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Adobe Photoshop has many menu items, some of which we rarely or never use. You can hide these unused items so your Photoshop menus look cleaner. If you ever need them again, you can easily restore hidden options.</p><div style="text-align: justify;"><div aria-hidden="true" id="purch_N_C_0_1" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><div style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">How to Hide Menu Items in Adobe Photoshop</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You can hide any option in Photoshop’s menus, which means that you can even remove some frequently used options like New and Open.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To begin, launch Adobe Photoshop on your computer.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">When the app opens, click the “Edit” menu at the top and select “Menus.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Edit menu items in Photoshop" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718638" height="301" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/edit-menus-photoshop.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You’ll see a list of all your Photoshop menus. Click the menu that you want to remove an item from.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Select a Photoshop menu" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718640" height="309" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/select-menu-photoshop.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The menu will expand so that you can now see all its options. To hide an option, click the eye icon next to the option name. This removes the eye icon from the white box, which means that the item is now hidden.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Hide an item in a Photoshop menu" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718641" height="259" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/hide-item-photoshop-menu.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Click “OK” in the top-right corner to save your changes. The menu option is now hidden.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">How to Unhide a Menu Item in Adobe Photoshop</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If you need a menu option back, you can restore it, and it will reappear in your menus like it never left.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To do this, launch Photoshop and click Edit > Menus, just like you did when hiding the menu item in the first place. You’ll see a list of menus—select the menu that you want to unhide an option for.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Click the white box next to the option that you want to unhide. This will add an eye icon to the box. Then click “OK.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Unhide an item in a Photoshop menu" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718644" height="359" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/unhide-item-photoshop-menu.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Bonus: Make Frequently Used Menu Items Easy to Find</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If your menus are cluttered, you don’t necessarily have to hide other options to make your favorite menu options stand out. You can assign custom colors to your frequently used menu options, making them easier to find.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To do this, open Photoshop and click Edit > Menus.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Select the menu item that you’d like to assign a color to, click “None” next to the item in the “Color” column, and choose a color for your item.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Apply a color to a Photoshop menu item" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718642" height="324" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/apply-color-photoshop-menu.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Your menu item will now look completely different from the other items in that menu. Now you don’t necessarily have to hide menu options to find the ones you need.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Photoshop menu item with a color" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718643" height="404" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/color-coded-photoshop-menu.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><hr style="background-color: #cccccc; border: 0px; box-sizing: content-box; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; height: 1px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;" /><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Photoshop lets you perform quite a few actions on your photos, and it’s worth learning some <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/98103/30-of-the-best-photoshop-tips-and-tricks/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Photoshop tricks and tips</a> so that you can make the most of this app.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><span style="color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, Open Sans, sans-serif;"><i>Credit to: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/718636/how-to-hide-and-unhide-menu-items-in-adobe-photoshop/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">How To Geek - Mahesh Makvana</a></i></span></p></div>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-1804746367421812072021-04-21T00:00:00.001-07:002021-04-21T00:00:00.175-07:00How to Check How Much iCloud Storage You Have Left<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj4WHKOPPjlN-WJDTbNCIYBXp_wghiROi9GLTDALUdO5q0JwhbWMSH0zzFVBWKXIjyCE0oeeLDOyGQrqRh8gOXJ4MkCO3fCAA3Kvc_JZqRmkByFJpmAoSRkcGyKek7oGjL07DryzMOGkug/s1202/apple_icloud_logo_hero.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="554" data-original-width="1202" height="292" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj4WHKOPPjlN-WJDTbNCIYBXp_wghiROi9GLTDALUdO5q0JwhbWMSH0zzFVBWKXIjyCE0oeeLDOyGQrqRh8gOXJ4MkCO3fCAA3Kvc_JZqRmkByFJpmAoSRkcGyKek7oGjL07DryzMOGkug/w636-h292/apple_icloud_logo_hero.jpg" width="636" /></a></div><p></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Apple’s <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/669830/what-is-apples-icloud-and-what-does-it-back-up/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">iCloud service</a> is a great way to store documents and backups in the cloud, but the space isn’t unlimited. Here’s how to check how much free space you have left in your iCloud account on an iPhone, iPad, or Mac.</p><div style="text-align: justify;"><div aria-hidden="true" id="purch_N_C_0_1" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><div style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">How to Check iCloud Storage Space on iPhone or iPad</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Checking your available iCloud storage space is easy on an iPhone or iPad. First, open the Settings app. In Settings, tap your Apple account avatar or name.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="In Settings on iPhone or iPad, tap your account avatar icon or name." class="alignnone size-full wp-image-715128" height="359" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/iphone_tap_apple_profile.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">On your account screen, scroll down and tap “iCloud.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Tap "iCloud."" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-715124" height="273" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/iphone_tap_icloud_1.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">On the iCloud summary page, you’ll see a bar graph that depicts how much of your iCloud storage space is in use. To figure out how much is left, subtract the amount used from the total amount of space available.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">In this example, we have 5GB total and 2.4GB in use. 5 – 2.4 = 2.6, so we have 2.6GB available in our iCloud account.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="In iCloud, you'll see a bar graph of how much space is in use." class="alignnone size-full wp-image-715123" height="440" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/iphone_icloud_free_space.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If you want to get more details about how your iCloud space is being used, tap “Manage Storage” just below the graph. On that screen, you’ll have the option to clear iCloud storage used by certain apps.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">How to Check iCloud Storage Space on Mac</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To check your free iCloud storage space on a Mac, open System Preferences. Next, sign in to iCloud if you haven’t done so already. Then click “Apple ID.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="In System Preferences, click "Apple ID."" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-715125" height="261" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/mac_click_apple_id.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">On the “Apple ID” screen, click “iCloud” in the sidebar. You’ll see your available storage listed in a bar graph at the bottom of the app list.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Click "iCloud" in the sidebar, then you'll see free space listed in the bar graph." class="alignnone size-full wp-image-715126" height="280" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/mac_click_icloud_and_see_graph.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To get more details about how much space each iCloud-enabled app is using, click the “Manage” button beside the storage bar graph.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">What to Do If You’re Running Low on iCloud Space</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If you’re running out of available space on iCloud, it’s easy to upgrade your storage plan for a monthly subscription fee. To increase your storage on an iPhone or iPad, launch Settings and tap your Apple account avatar icon. Then tap iCloud > Manage Storage > Change Storage Plan.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="In iCloud Storage, tap "Change Storage Plan."" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-715122" height="457" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/iphone_change_storage_plan.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">On a Mac, open System Preferences and click “Apple ID.” Then click “iCloud” in the sidebar and select “Manage…” in the lower corner of the Window. When a new window pops up, click “Buy More Storage” and you can select a new iCloud storage plan.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="The iCloud Upgrade iCloud Stroage menu on a Mac in Big Sur." class="alignnone size-full wp-image-715127" height="411" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/upgrade_storage_mac.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Alternately, you can also <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/191340/how-to-free-up-icloud-storage-space/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">free up iCloud storage</a> by deleting older device backups or potentially storing your photos and videos somewhere else (but be careful that you don’t delete anything you don’t have backed up). Good luck!</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><span style="color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, Open Sans, sans-serif;"><i>Credit to: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/715103/how-to-check-how-much-icloud-storage-you-have-left/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">How To Geek - Benj Edwards</a></i></span></p></div>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-77364328262510376972021-04-19T00:00:00.006-07:002021-04-19T00:00:00.191-07:00How to Recover Deleted Notes in OneNote<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiEacNSIS6hF6cKh7rI1juJ4_n4JvVwQxkFchlVqChaC50v-EgHteUMCvWL0H_sKbVMe8vfeVIlBDDEQ91etLcAGfUmMwJjLRvTP5pufotH3We5Ix4oafOlWxZZtrsX0QeiFRH9jFENCkk/s1202/hth52.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="522" data-original-width="1202" height="280" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiEacNSIS6hF6cKh7rI1juJ4_n4JvVwQxkFchlVqChaC50v-EgHteUMCvWL0H_sKbVMe8vfeVIlBDDEQ91etLcAGfUmMwJjLRvTP5pufotH3We5Ix4oafOlWxZZtrsX0QeiFRH9jFENCkk/w644-h280/hth52.png" width="644" /></a></div><p></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">If you’ve accidentally deleted a note in Microsoft OneNote, don’t panic. There’s a good chance your deleted note is still available in a OneNote backup. Here, we’ll show you how to recover your notes in OneNote for Windows, Mac, and the web.</p><div style="text-align: justify;"><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Restore Deleted Notes in OneNote on Windows</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">OneNote has two versions for Windows: OneNote (formerly called OneNote 2016) and OneNote for Windows 10.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The steps to recover deleted notes aren’t the same for both versions, so you’ll need to find out what version of OneNote you’re using first.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To do this, open the “Start” menu and search for “OneNote.” Notice the name of the app that you usually click to access your notes. Compare that name with the names listed above to find out your version of OneNote.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Then, depending on the version you use, follow the steps in one of the sections below to recover your deleted notes in OneNote.</p><div aria-hidden="true" id="purch_N_C_0_1" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><div style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;"></div><h3 style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 21px; text-align: left;">Get Back Deleted Notes in OneNote (formerly OneNote 2016)</h3><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">OneNote automatically creates backups of your notes by default. This means that if you ever delete a note, you can restore it later from these OneNote backups.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To start the process of recovering your lost notes, open the “Start” menu, search for “OneNote,” and click the app in the results.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Launch OneNote" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720891" height="274" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/open-onenote.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">When the OneNote window opens, click “File” in the top-left corner of the window.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="The File menu in OneNote" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720892" height="297" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/onenote-file-menu.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Here, select “Info” from the left sidebar, then click “Open Backups” on the right.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Open OneNote backups" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720893" height="237" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/open-onenote-backups.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">A window will open showing your notebooks (as folders) that were backed up. Double-click the notebook folder that you want to restore notes from, then select the notes section and click “Open.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Restore a OneNote backup" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720894" height="417" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/restore-onenote-backup.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The selected note will open on your screen. Here, right-click the note’s section or page name at the top and select “Move or Copy.” This will help restore your note into your existing notebooks.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Move or copy OneNote notes" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720895" height="342" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/move-copy-onenote-backup.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">In the window that opens, select the notebook that you want to restore the deleted notes into and hit “Copy” at the bottom.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Restore deleted OneNote notes" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720896" height="588" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/copy-notebooks-onenote.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Your selected notes are now available in your existing notebook.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If you don’t prefer local backups, you can <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/howto/21406/sync-onenote-2010-notebooks-to-office-live-and-edit-them-anywhere/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">sync OneNote with your Microsoft account</a>. This keeps a copy of all your notes in the cloud, and you can access them from any of your compatible devices.</p><h3 style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 21px; text-align: left;">Recover Deleted Notes in OneNote for Windows 10</h3><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If you use OneNote for Windows 10, you don’t need to open a backup file to restore notes. There’s a built-in option in this app that helps you view and recover your removed notes.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">This option retrieves your notes from your Microsoft account’s cloud storage—which is where your notes are originally stored.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To begin the recovery process, access your “Start” menu, search for “OneNote for Windows 10,” and click the app in the results.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Access OneNote for Windows 10" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720897" height="236" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/open-onenote-windows-10.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">In the OneNote window, click “View” in the top menu bar.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="The View menu in OneNote" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720898" height="372" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/view-menu-onenote.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Under the View menu, click the “Deleted Notes” option.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Deleted notes in OneNote" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720899" height="309" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/deleted-notes-onenote.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You can now see all your deleted notes and sections. Find the note that you want to recover, then right-click it and select “Restore To.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Restore deleted OneNote notes" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720900" height="341" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/restore-notes-onenote.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">OneNote will ask where to restore your notes. Select the existing notebook that you want to add these deleted notes into and click “Restore.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Select a notebook to restore notes into" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720901" height="479" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/restore-note-onenote.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Recover Deleted Notes in OneNote on Mac</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">OneNote for Mac also doesn’t require you to open a backup file to restore notes. You can use a built-in option in the app to find and recover your deleted notes.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To begin, open Spotlight by pressing Command+Spacebar, type in “OneNote,” and select the app in the search results.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Launch OneNote on Mac" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720902" height="237" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/open-onenote-mac.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Click “View” in the OneNote window.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="The View menu in OneNote for Mac" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720903" height="383" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/view-menu-onenote-mac.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Select “Deleted Notes” in the View menu.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Deleted notes in OneNote for Mac" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720904" height="360" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/deleted-notes-onenote-mac.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">OneNote will now display all your deleted notes. To restore a note, right-click it and select “Restore To.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Recover notes in OneNote for Mac" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720905" height="329" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/restore-notes-onenote-mac.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">On the next screen, choose the existing notebook to add these recovered notes into and click “Restore.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Choose notebook to add notes into" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720906" height="463" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/select-location-onenote-mac.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Without further prompts, your selected notes will be recovered.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Recover Deleted Notes in OneNote on the Web</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">OneNote for web works pretty much the same as OneNote for Windows 10. It syncs your notes to your OneDrive account and lets you recover your notes from within the app.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Head over to <a href="https://www.onenote.com/" rel="noopener" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;" target="_blank">OneNote on the web</a> and log in to your account to start notes recovery. Then, click the View > Deleted Notes option to view your lost notes.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Deletes Notes option in OneNote for web" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-721230" height="261" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/deleted-notes-onenote-web.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Right-click the note that you want to recover and select “Restore.” Choose your existing notebook to add this note into and hit “OK.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If you’ve deleted an entire notebook, you’ll need to restore it in OneDrive first before using it in OneNote for web. This notebook can be recovered from OneDrive’s recycle bin as long as it hasn’t already been 30 days since you deleted it.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To recover your full notebook, open the <a href="https://onedrive.live.com/" rel="noopener" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;" target="_blank">OneDrive</a> site in your browser and log in to your account.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">When OneDrive loads, click “Recycle bin” in the left-hand sidebar.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="The Recycle bin on OneDrive" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720907" height="396" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/recycle-bin-onedrive.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Here, click the notebook that you want to recover on the right pane. Then, click “Restore” at the top to put your notebook into its original location.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Recover OneNote notebooks with OneDrive" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720908" height="319" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/restore-notebook-onedrive.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Go to that original location in OneDrive (which is usually the Documents folder) and click the notebook to open it with OneNote for web.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><span style="color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, Open Sans, sans-serif;"><i>Credit to: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/720886/how-to-recover-deleted-notes-in-onenote/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">How To Geek - Mahesh Makvana</a></i></span></p></div>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-85147296231445166962021-04-16T00:00:00.001-07:002021-04-16T00:00:00.413-07:00Why Old Phones Don’t Work on Modern Cellular Networks<p style="text-align: center;"></p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg1FxvROwpKIImyW3hAzCWseuXSZy-On66i5Trv46cdp9GPytNksPsOFHUDxEALEhb04_elM3IiYzk1KZOq27KaMhQALUPsx-Of6XwlJZCpXhJGpJEcDhAgLxJTm17PBbVEXZvdqvSvHaY/s1202/1-old-and-new-phones.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="554" data-original-width="1202" height="296" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg1FxvROwpKIImyW3hAzCWseuXSZy-On66i5Trv46cdp9GPytNksPsOFHUDxEALEhb04_elM3IiYzk1KZOq27KaMhQALUPsx-Of6XwlJZCpXhJGpJEcDhAgLxJTm17PBbVEXZvdqvSvHaY/w644-h296/1-old-and-new-phones.jpg" width="644" /></a></div><br /><div style="text-align: justify;"> <span style="background-color: white; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;">If you find an old cell phone in a drawer somewhere, there’s a good chance it can’t connect to modern cellular networks. It won’t find a signal. By 2022 or 2023, many more old cell phones, including the iPhone 4, will be cut off. But why?</span></div><p></p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">Landline Phone Technology Dates Back to the ’60s</h2><figure class="wp-caption alignnone" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 1em 0px 1.5em; max-width: 100%; width: 650px;"><img alt="A vintage touch-tone telephone on a wooden table." class="wp-image-719603 size-full" data-credittext="JoeyPhoto/Shutterstock.com" data-crediturl="https://www.shutterstock.com/image-photo/vintage-traditional-home-telephone-on-wooden-303522197" height="434" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/2-touch-tone-phone.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; display: block; height: auto; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /><figcaption class="wp-caption-text" style="box-sizing: inherit; color: #555555; font-size: 14px; margin-bottom: 0.8075em; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px !important; padding: 10px 10px 10px 5px;"><span class="imagecredit" style="background: url("data:image/svg+xml;base64,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") 0px center / 16px no-repeat; box-sizing: inherit; color: #999999; margin-left: 10px; padding-left: 20px; padding-right: 5px;"><a href="https://www.shutterstock.com/image-photo/vintage-traditional-home-telephone-on-wooden-303522197" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #999999; padding-right: 5px; text-decoration-line: none;">JoeyPhoto/Shutterstock.com</a></span></figcaption></figure><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">If you find an old push-button telephone in a closet, you can probably still connect it to your landline and it’ll work just fine. That’s because these phones have used the dual-tone multi-frequency (<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dual-tone_multi-frequency_signaling" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">DTMF</a>) technology standard since 1963. In other words, that phone from the ’60s will still work with a modern telephone landline because they use the same technology.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">(Before that, rotary telephones and some early push-button telephones used something called pulse dial signaling. They won’t work when plugged into a modern landline—not unless you buy a <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Converter-Antique-Rotary-Telephone-Modern/dp/B00DUDAR5M?ots=1&tag=hotoge-20" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">converter</a>.)</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">Cellular Standards Are Quickly Changing</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Cellular technology is very different. We’re not using a standard that dates back decades anymore. Instead, technology companies are regularly coming out with new <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_mobile_phone_standards#Comparison_table" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">standards</a>: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/340002/what-is-5g-and-how-fast-will-it-be/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">5G</a> was first used in 2018, <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/273745/what-is-4g-lte/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">4G</a> in 2009, 3G in 2001, 2G in 1991, and 1G in 1981. The “G” stands for Generation—5G is the fifth-generation cellular standard.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">These new standards offer a variety of improvements, but they improve the fundamentals, too: Newer standards are generally faster and provide a stronger signal. That’s how we went from slowly browsing the web on the original iPhone (or a BlackBerry) to streaming high-resolution videos on modern smartphones.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">New cellular standards take some time to become widespread and appear in the products they use. Not every phone sold since 2018 is a 5G phone, for example: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/695501/what-5g-means-for-the-apple-iphone-12/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">The iPhone gained 5G support</a> for the first time in 2020.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">Modern Networks Don’t Support Old Standards</h2><figure class="wp-caption alignnone" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 1em 0px 1.5em; max-width: 100%; width: 650px;"><img alt="A hand holding a first-generation iPhone." class="wp-image-719604 size-full" data-credittext="marleyPug/Shutterstock.com" data-crediturl="https://www.shutterstock.com/image-photo/male-hand-holding-1st-generation-iphone-1644720079" height="434" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/3-first-gen-iphone.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; display: block; height: auto; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /><figcaption class="wp-caption-text" style="box-sizing: inherit; color: #555555; font-size: 14px; margin-bottom: 0.8075em; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px !important; padding: 10px 10px 10px 5px;"><span class="imagecredit" style="background: url("data:image/svg+xml;base64,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") 0px center / 16px no-repeat; box-sizing: inherit; color: #999999; margin-left: 10px; padding-left: 20px; padding-right: 5px;"><a href="https://www.shutterstock.com/image-photo/male-hand-holding-1st-generation-iphone-1644720079" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #999999; padding-right: 5px; text-decoration-line: none;">marleyPug/Shutterstock.com</a></span></figcaption></figure><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">While cellular standards are changing quickly, that’s not exactly the reason why old phones can’t connect to modern networks. The precise reason is that cellular carriers drop support for old standards to free up resources for new standards.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">For example, as of early 2021 in the U.S., the big carriers all support 5G, 4G, and (for now) 3G. They no longer support 2G or 1G.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Let’s say that you have a first-generation iPhone, also known as an iPhone 2G. It’s a classic! But you can’t use it on a modern cellular network today: It only supports 2G. (If you’re an Android fan, take pride in the fact that the first Android phone, the <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/717107/what-was-htc-sense-and-how-did-it-change-android/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">HTC</a> Dream/T-Mobile G1, started out with support for 3G.)</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">The iPhone only gained support for 3G with its second-generation model, which was called the iPhone 3G. That iPhone 3G can still connect to modern networks—for now, at least, until they drop support for 3G.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">Why Networks Drop Support for Old Standards</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Maintaining support for older cellular standards is a trade-off. As <a href="https://about.att.com/innovationblog/2g_sunset" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">AT&T</a> argued in a press release when it shut down 2G at the beginning of 2017, phasing out 2G freed up more wireless spectrum that could be used for newer standards—in particular, making the 4G network faster.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Like <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/126327/how-to-get-a-better-wireless-signal-and-reduce-wireless-network-interference/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Wi-Fi</a>, cellular connections are just radio waves. And also like with Wi-Fi, cellular providers only have a specific range of radio frequencies that they can use for their networks. If they use a “band” of that spectrum to keep 2G going, they can’t use that same band for 4G. If they shut down their 2G network, they can reallocate that band (portion of the wireless spectrum) to newer, faster networks that more devices are using.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">After all, people upgrade their devices frequently. When the vast majority of people are using modern devices that support the latest standards and only a few people are using older devices, there’s very little reason to keep those old networks running. It may be cheaper for a cellular network to offer discounted device upgrades—or even to give away free devices that support modern standards—to the few customers who are holdouts, rather than to spend resources keeping an old network running.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">This doesn’t mean that you can’t keep using feature phones—but you have to buy <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/683400/why-people-still-buy-feature-phones-in-2020/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">a modern feature phone with support for modern cellular standards</a>. (Yes, they do exist!)</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">3G Is Going Away in 2022 or 2023 (in the US)</h2><figure class="wp-caption alignnone" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 1em 0px 1.5em; max-width: 100%; width: 650px;"><img alt="A cellular tower over West Virginia." class="wp-image-719605 size-full" data-credittext="Steve Heap/Shutterstock.com" data-crediturl="https://www.shutterstock.com/image-photo/aerial-view-mobiel-phone-cell-tower-1838922316" height="413" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/4-cellular-tower.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; display: block; height: auto; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /><figcaption class="wp-caption-text" style="box-sizing: inherit; color: #555555; font-size: 14px; margin-bottom: 0.8075em; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px !important; padding: 10px 10px 10px 5px;"><span class="imagecredit" style="background: url("data:image/svg+xml;base64,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") 0px center / 16px no-repeat; box-sizing: inherit; color: #999999; margin-left: 10px; padding-left: 20px; padding-right: 5px;"><a href="https://www.shutterstock.com/image-photo/aerial-view-mobiel-phone-cell-tower-1838922316" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #999999; padding-right: 5px; text-decoration-line: none;">Steve Heap/Shutterstock.com</a></span></figcaption></figure><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">As of early 2021, there are some big 3G shutdowns coming in the next few years. Cellular carriers in the U.S. say that they will shut down their legacy 3G networks in 2022 or 2023. Only devices that support 4G or 5G will then be able to connect.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">The exact details are still up in the air. <a href="https://www.lightreading.com/ossbss/verizons-new-3g-shutdown-target-january-1-2023/d/d-id/767068" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Verizon</a> said that it would shut down its 3G network at the end of 2020, but <a href="https://www.reviewgeek.com/66566/your-rusty-verizon-phone-will-still-work-3g-network-gets-a-stay-of-execution/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">in early 2021</a>, the company reportedly set a new target of 2023. <a href="https://www.att.com/support/article/wireless/KM1324171/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">AT&T</a> says that it’s shutting down 3G in 2022. <a href="https://www.androidpolice.com/2021/02/05/t-mobile-3g-shutdown-reportedly-delayed-until-2022/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">T-Mobile</a> plans to phase out its 3G networks through late 2021 and early 2022.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">When that happens, your old iPhone 3G, iPhone 3GS, iPhone 4, or iPhone 4S won’t connect to a cellular network anymore. (Android phones from before the 4G era will be cut off, too.)</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">But the iPhone 5 will still connect. It was the first iPhone to support 4G, and it was released in 2012. (Android phones with 4G support will still connect, too. The first Android phone with 4G was the <a href="https://www.wired.com/2010/03/sprint-htc-show-first-4g-android-phone/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">HTC Evo</a>, released in 2010.)</p><div aria-hidden="true" id="purch_N_C_0_1" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px;"></div><div style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px;"></div><h3 style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 21px;">A Decade Is a Long Time, but Not by Historical Standards</h3><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Realistically, most phones released in the past decade will still be able to connect when these networks are shut down. That’s still a pretty generous period of time.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">But it’s pretty short compared to historical precedents: By 2022, we imagine you’ll still be able to connect that touch-tone phone from the 1960s to your landline.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><span style="color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, Open Sans, sans-serif;"><i>Credit to: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/719574/why-old-phones-dont-work-on-modern-cellular-networks/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">How To Geek - Chris Hoffman</a></i></span></p>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-25640068219516744872021-04-14T12:00:00.001-07:002021-04-14T12:00:00.185-07:003 Common Credit Mistakes and How To Avoid Them<p> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEioLj7UQmLUvxmg3m9BEMz-G2pOTQQbU-8zyW2_V4_3fePh6hPawxSPz53cKuBAhLqG18PGyGYAAuwKU8S1jixTJ2OSwtLUGc_NYUaR62YLdkG0IWKVzVmrYy8A_5WbfOXd5yfUy8j7HQU/s1200/ENG-3-common-credit-mistakes-and-how-to-avoid-them.jpeg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="549" data-original-width="1200" height="298" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEioLj7UQmLUvxmg3m9BEMz-G2pOTQQbU-8zyW2_V4_3fePh6hPawxSPz53cKuBAhLqG18PGyGYAAuwKU8S1jixTJ2OSwtLUGc_NYUaR62YLdkG0IWKVzVmrYy8A_5WbfOXd5yfUy8j7HQU/w653-h298/ENG-3-common-credit-mistakes-and-how-to-avoid-them.jpeg" width="653" /></a></div><p></p><p style="background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #626262; font-family: Roboto, Arial, Tahoma, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-stretch: inherit; font-variant-east-asian: inherit; font-variant-numeric: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 15px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;">Your credit score is an important indicator of your financial health, so it’s crucial to develop good credit habits to build and maintain a good credit history. Learn and avoid common credit mistakes that can stifle your progress and even damage your credit score for years to come.</p><p style="background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #626262; font-family: Roboto, Arial, Tahoma, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-stretch: inherit; font-variant-east-asian: inherit; font-variant-numeric: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 15px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;"><span style="border: 0px; font-family: inherit; font-size: inherit; font-stretch: inherit; font-style: inherit; font-variant: inherit; font-weight: 700; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;">Mistake 1: Co-signing a loan</span></p><p style="background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #626262; font-family: Roboto, Arial, Tahoma, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-stretch: inherit; font-variant-east-asian: inherit; font-variant-numeric: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 15px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;">If a friend or relative can’t get loan approval on their own, there is usually a problem with their credit standing. If the borrower doesn’t pay as agreed, you’ll have to repay the debt and the relationship will be ruined.</p><p style="background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #626262; font-family: Roboto, Arial, Tahoma, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-stretch: inherit; font-variant-east-asian: inherit; font-variant-numeric: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 15px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;">Be gentle and tactful in saying no. You can instead suggest that the person try to fix their credit health first before applying for a loan – a good way for them to start is by checking their credit report and seeking financial counselling.</p><p style="background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #626262; font-family: Roboto, Arial, Tahoma, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-stretch: inherit; font-variant-east-asian: inherit; font-variant-numeric: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 15px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;"><span style="border: 0px; font-family: inherit; font-size: inherit; font-stretch: inherit; font-style: inherit; font-variant: inherit; font-weight: 700; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;">Mistake 2: Not paying bills on time</span></p><p style="background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #626262; font-family: Roboto, Arial, Tahoma, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-stretch: inherit; font-variant-east-asian: inherit; font-variant-numeric: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 15px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;">Payment history has a big impact on your credit score with a 45% weightage, so missing even one payment could wreak havoc on your credit and may result in fees and penalties.</p><p style="background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #626262; font-family: Roboto, Arial, Tahoma, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-stretch: inherit; font-variant-east-asian: inherit; font-variant-numeric: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 15px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;">Late payment will stay in CCRIS/CTOS data for 24 months and it will be used in credit score calculation. While its impact on your score may diminish over time with new positive information, it can still hamper your credit growth the entire time it’s on there.</p><p style="background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #626262; font-family: Roboto, Arial, Tahoma, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-stretch: inherit; font-variant-east-asian: inherit; font-variant-numeric: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 15px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;">To ensure you pay all your bills on time, request payment reminders from your lenders or, even better, set up autopay through your bank account. Just make sure you have enough money in your bank account each month to cover your bills.</p><p style="background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #626262; font-family: Roboto, Arial, Tahoma, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-stretch: inherit; font-variant-east-asian: inherit; font-variant-numeric: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 15px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;"><span style="border: 0px; font-family: inherit; font-size: inherit; font-stretch: inherit; font-style: inherit; font-variant: inherit; font-weight: 700; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;">Mistake 3: Only checking your credit report when there’s a problem</span></p><p style="background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #626262; font-family: Roboto, Arial, Tahoma, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-stretch: inherit; font-variant-east-asian: inherit; font-variant-numeric: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 15px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;">Your credit report contains a lot of crucial information, such as your credit score, CCRIS details, directorship and business interests, litigation and more. If you only check your report when there’s a problem, it will take a much longer time to fix things later.</p><p style="background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #626262; font-family: Roboto, Arial, Tahoma, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-stretch: inherit; font-variant-east-asian: inherit; font-variant-numeric: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;">Checking your credit report regularly enables you to spot problem areas or inaccuracies early, so you can take immediate steps to correct them. That way, you’ll be credit-ready when you need to be, for instance if you need to apply for a loan.</p><p style="background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #626262; font-family: Roboto, Arial, Tahoma, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-stretch: inherit; font-variant-east-asian: inherit; font-variant-numeric: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;"><i><br /></i></p><p style="background-color: white; border: 0px; color: #626262; font-family: Roboto, Arial, Tahoma, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-stretch: inherit; font-variant-east-asian: inherit; font-variant-numeric: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;"><i>Credit to: <a href="https://ctoscredit.com.my/learn/3-common-credit-mistakes-and-how-to-avoid-them/?utm_campaign=3%20common%20credit%20mistakes%20and%20how%20to%20avoid%20them&utm_medium=email&utm_source=Mailjet" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">Ctos Credit</a></i></p>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-56910096413103053062021-04-14T00:00:00.007-07:002021-04-14T00:00:00.179-07:00How to Send a Password-Protected Email for Free<p> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhxDKDZh5TBD8Ie-T2L-OzhgcN_ajyywgSg0pHLGBEthrhLMorlVWJB3kL_hnXoE64-JBg3eQUh4BBcdL63ZE-0gLY1cJxIkXItEfeh7MqfvoIA-XoTPVMBKu4On8jtDyK_21hRQXeQXgA/s1202/padlock-on-envelope.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="556" data-original-width="1202" height="306" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhxDKDZh5TBD8Ie-T2L-OzhgcN_ajyywgSg0pHLGBEthrhLMorlVWJB3kL_hnXoE64-JBg3eQUh4BBcdL63ZE-0gLY1cJxIkXItEfeh7MqfvoIA-XoTPVMBKu4On8jtDyK_21hRQXeQXgA/w661-h306/padlock-on-envelope.jpg" width="661" /></a></div><p></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: justify;">If you want to send a private message to someone and ensure that they are the only ones who read it, protecting it with a password only the recipient knows is a solid choice. Fortunately, secure email providers ProtonMail and Tutanota make this process easy and highly secure, and you can use both for free.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><span style="font-size: 27px;">Why Send a Password-Protected Email?</span></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">When you send an email to a standard webmail address like Gmail, the server receives the email and notifies the recipient. The server can see the entire contents of the email, and any devices set up for use with that email address can notify the recipient of a new message.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">This usually takes the form of a push notification with a visible subject line and a preview of the message contents. Even on a mobile device that’s locked, this can give away information to anyone looking over the recipient’s shoulder.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Email Notification on an iPhone" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720146" height="316" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/secret_email_notification.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">On a shared computer or tablet, the email might download automatically via clients like Apple Mail. All it takes is a click or two to read the entire content, regardless of whether the email was intended for someone’s eyes or not. The message might be indexed by local search engines and may show up at other times.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">If the message in question is sensitive, this might not be ideal. If you’re serious about having only the intended recipient see the contents of your email, protecting it with a password seems like an obvious choice. As long as you can communicate the password to the recipient privately, your message can be read without the risk of anyone else seeing it first.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">In particular, the services we’ll be using today don’t transfer any of your messages (except for the subject line) to the recipient’s email server. This means that the message contents won’t even show up when searched for in a webmail or desktop client.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">Sending Password-Protected Email with ProtonMail</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><a href="https://protonmail.com/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">ProtonMail</a> is one of the web’s best-known secure email providers. The service is based in Switzerland, where data protection laws are strict. It uses <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/711656/what-is-end-to-end-encryption-and-why-does-it-matter/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">end-to-end encryption,</a> so that email contents are stored in an encrypted format that not even ProtonMail’s servers can decrypt.</p><figure class="wp-caption alignnone" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 1em 0px 1.5em; max-width: 100%; width: 650px;"><img alt="ProtonMail Inbox" class="wp-image-717074 size-full" data-credittext="ProtonMail" height="393" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/protonmail.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; display: block; height: auto; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /><figcaption class="wp-caption-text" style="box-sizing: inherit; color: #555555; font-size: 14px; margin-bottom: 0.8075em; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px !important; padding: 10px 10px 10px 5px;"><span class="imagecredit" style="background: url("data:image/svg+xml;base64,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") 0px center / 16px no-repeat; box-sizing: inherit; color: #999999; margin-left: 10px; padding-left: 20px; padding-right: 5px;">ProtonMail</span></figcaption></figure><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/717470/what-is-protonmail-and-why-is-it-more-private-than-gmail/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">ProtonMail automatically encrypts all messages</a> between users of the service, with an option to use PGP encryption for contacts who are using other email services. But there’s also an option to simply send a password-protected email to anyone, regardless of which email service they use.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">To do this, you’ll need to sign up for a <a href="https://protonmail.com/signup" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">free ProtonMail account</a>. You don’t need to provide your name, an existing email address, or any other identifying personal information.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Compose a New Email in ProtonMail" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720147" height="423" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/compose_protonmail.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Once you’ve signed up and logged in, click on the “Compose” button in the top-left corner of the screen to begin writing your message. When you’re ready to send your message, click on the Encryption “padlock” icon along the bottom of the compose window.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Encrypt for non-ProtonMail Users" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717706" height="124" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/encryption_button.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">This is where you can set your password (which must be typed twice for confirmation) as well as an optional password hint. If you’re sending mail to someone and you haven’t communicated a password to them already, you can use the hint field to prompt them to enter a password that only they would know.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Secure Email with a Password" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717707" height="551" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/non_protonmail_password.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Hit the “Set” button to lock your email. You can now click on the Expiration time “hourglass” icon to determine when your email expires. All emails sent via this method will expire within 28 days by default, but you can pick a shorter time period if you like. When you’re ready, hit Send to finalize your message.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Set Email Expiry Date" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717708" height="554" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/email_expiry.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Everything except the subject line and the recipient will be encrypted and hidden. The recipient will receive a notification that they have a password-protected email and a link waiting for them. When the link is clicked, a password field will appear, which can be used to decrypt the message.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">Sending Password-Protected Email with Tutanota</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><a href="https://tutanota.com/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Tutanota</a> is another <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/718159/protonmail-vs.-tutanota-which-is-the-best-secure-email-provider/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">well-known and trusted secure email provider</a>. The company is based in Germany, a country with some of the strongest data protection laws in the world. Tutanota also uses end-to-end encryption so that data on the server is only visible to the person who owns the email account.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Tutanota Inbox" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717075" height="393" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/tutanota.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Like ProtonMail, Tutanota also encrypts messages between users of the same service. Tutanota also includes a password-protected email mechanism that works almost identically to ProtonMail’s, except that Tutanota’s implementation also encrypts and hides the subject line, too.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">To send mail via Tutanota, sign up for a <a href="https://mail.tutanota.com/signup" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">free account</a>. Just like with ProtonMail, you don’t need to provide identifying information to sign up. Just pick a username and a password, and away you go. Once you’re signed up and logged in, click on the “New email” button to begin composing your message.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Compose Email in Tutanota" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720149" height="398" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/compose_tutanota-1.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Enter an email address into the “To” field to reveal an optional password field. You can toggle the password requirement using the secure “padlock” icon in the subject field. Tutanota will remember the last password you set for the email address supplied—or you can set a new one.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Password-Protect Email in Tutanota" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720150" height="237" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/tutanota_password.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">With your message composed, hit Send, and Tutanota will deliver a message notifying the recipient that there is an encrypted email waiting for them. When they click the link in this email, a password field can be used to decrypt the message so that it can be read.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Like with ProtonMail, Tutanota’s password-protected messages also expire. Your message will be available at the supplied link until the next time you send a password-protected message to the same email address.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">How Is This More Secure Than Webmail?</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">The beauty of this solution is that the contents of your messages (except for ProtonMail’s subject line) never even touch the recipient’s email servers. Nothing you say will be visible in an unencrypted format, since the message contents only ever exist on ProtonMail or Tutanota’s servers.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">If your email provider is required to hand over the contents of your inbox due to a legal request, the contents of the email won’t be saved anywhere. The same thing applies if there’s a data breach and your inbox is compromised.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">This means that the contents of your message cannot be scanned by Gmail’s AI, indexed by local search features on a mobile device or desktop, or appear in a push notification. The most a recipient will see before decrypting the message with a password is a notification that there’s an email waiting for them.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="ProtonMail Messaged Encrypted for All Email Accounts" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717709" height="465" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/new_secure_message.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">There are drawbacks to this method too. Many people are unwilling to click on links in email messages, and it’s even possible that some spam filters could incorrectly divert your encrypted mail to junk. Also, since the messages expire, it might be easy to lose them, especially if the recipient hasn’t realized that they’re there.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">It’s also not an infallible system. Someone could guess the password, or the recipient could pass the link and password on to other people. Never assume that information is safe purely because it was password-protected at some point.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">Why Not Use Gmail or Outlook?</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">The best native protection that Gmail has to offer in this department is the <a href="https://support.google.com/mail/answer/7674059?co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop&hl=en" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">confidential email</a> feature. This uses a one-time passcode to prove that the person opening the email has access to the mailbox it was sent to, but this method isn’t much use if the inbox has already been compromised.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Outlook also offers <a href="https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/encrypt-email-messages-373339cb-bf1a-4509-b296-802a39d801dc" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">some protection</a> using S/MIME encryption, which requires certificates to be set up on your device and that the recipient uses a mail application that supports the standard. It’s a far cry from simply entering a password, and it doesn’t work with the webmail version of Outlook, either.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">What About Sharing the Password?</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">How you deliver the password could be just as important as this process. If possible, do so in person so that you know that the person you are speaking to is who they say they are. Failing this, you could use a <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/709074/how-to-make-your-signal-chats-as-secure-as-possible/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">secure messaging service like Signal</a> to send a self-destructing message.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><span style="font-family: Roboto, Open Sans, sans-serif;"><i>Credit to: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/719909/how-to-send-a-password-protected-email-for-free/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">How To Geek - Tim Brookes</a></i></span></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><br /></p>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-12313459489332796222021-04-12T00:00:00.001-07:002021-04-12T00:00:00.186-07:00Bitwarden vs. KeePass: Which Is the Best Open-Source Password Manager?<p> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjzrmFvBLIIjqQ7j9O5qiWjEMKyvMhYPsctuL4fM2GV_ftG29rry0QPsqYiscKcnZ-w0DccqoJ-kdSwpeRD88y1OF1_lHUR8wqcFLpDcn59Mro13bF2hXI_oZvgwVWAQKK8onlrGZsH7Ig/s1202/monitor-with-passwords.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="557" data-original-width="1202" height="283" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjzrmFvBLIIjqQ7j9O5qiWjEMKyvMhYPsctuL4fM2GV_ftG29rry0QPsqYiscKcnZ-w0DccqoJ-kdSwpeRD88y1OF1_lHUR8wqcFLpDcn59Mro13bF2hXI_oZvgwVWAQKK8onlrGZsH7Ig/w613-h283/monitor-with-passwords.jpg" width="613" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><br /></div><p></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Bitwarden and KeePass are two excellent <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/141500/why-you-should-use-a-password-manager-and-how-to-get-started/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">password managers</a> that stand out from the pack by being entirely open source and almost completely free (Bitwarden has an optional paid plan.). There are some important differences, though. Here’s how to choose between them.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><span style="font-size: 27px;">Using Bitwarden vs. KeePass</span></p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: justify;"><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The most striking difference between Bitwarden and KeePass is the interface. Both interfaces are a lot less slick than those of commercial password managers like <a href="https://www.lastpass.com/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">LastPass</a> and <a href="https://1password.com/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">1Password</a>, however.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><a href="https://keepass.info/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">KeePass</a> takes this to an extreme with a desktop application interface that’s straight from the ’90s. That’s no huge surprise, as it’s been around since 2003.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="KeePass' main screen" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719789" height="512" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/KeePass-Main-1.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="652" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">KeePass is a much more classic desktop application for “power users.” For example, its menus are rather jargon-filled compared to modern paid password managers.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">This application runs on Windows, Linux, and Mac, although it’s written in .NET and the non-Windows clients run through the Mono framework.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="A KeePass menu" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719790" height="523" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/KeePass-Menu.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="652" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><a href="https://bitwarden.com/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Bitwarden</a>, on the other hand, offers a more modern, streamlined user experience befitting of a program that was launched in 2016.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Although it’s not as sleek as, say, LastPass, it’s a lot more straightforward and much more thought-out than KeePass in this regard. It just looks better and is a lot more intuitive to use. It also works on Windows, Mac, and Linux as well as on Android and iPhone.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Bitwarden's main screen" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719788" height="430" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Bitwarden-main-2.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="652" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The differences between KeePass and Bitwarden run more than skin-deep, of course. Besides being easier on the eyes, Bitwarden is also easier to use thanks to having web browser autofill and built-in automatic sync.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Autofill is the very handy ability to have your password manager automatically fill in the username and password fields on any website that you want to access. It’s what elevates password managers from being merely useful to being time-savers: Not only do you not need to remember passwords, you also don’t need to type them out.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Automatic sync (short for “synchronization”) is when you can use the same program on different devices (like your laptop and smartphone) and have the information automatically transferred between them. Any account that you create on your laptop, you can autofill on your smartphone, for example. Bitwarden does this automatically (and with credit card and ID numbers, too), while KeePass makes you transfer the file with your passwords manually.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Adding new items to Bitwarden" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-719786" height="432" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Bitwarden-add-items-1.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="652" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Autofill and sync are some of the handiest features that a password manager can have, and it’s hard to recommend any program that’s lacking one, let alone both. However, KeePass has an ace up its sleeve in the form of its plugins.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">KeePass Plugins</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Whereas Bitwarden is a program that’s put out by a company, much of KeePass’s functionality outside of the base software is provided by its community through plugins. These are extensions of the program that add a specific function to KeePass or even run it on Android devices, iPhones, and iPads.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The KeePass community is extremely active and offers all kinds of plugins, including ones that can add autofill and automatic sync, so you could just add that functionality that way. In most cases, adding a plugin is pretty easy on KeePass: You can download and unpack the file into the KeePass directory, and then add the plugin via the menu in the main KeePass client, although some plugins may require additional steps.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">However, there’s the question of whether adding plugins is something you actually want to do in the first place. As password managers are supposed to be programs that make life easier, it might seem counterintuitive to some to add a whole bunch of extra steps to add some functionality that other software, like Bitwarden, have built in out of the box.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">That being said, KeePass’s plugins are very useful for tech enthusiasts who like to tinker with programs. When using the right plugins, for example, you can completely change the look of KeePass or add functions that many of its competitors don’t offer, like automatic backup or advanced scripting.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">In short, the difference between KeePass and Bitwarden when it comes to usability is that Bitwarden is easier to use. But generally speaking, when using it as its developers intended, KeePass gives you a lot more flexibility, but at the cost of being harder to use.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">As such, KeePass could be a great fit for people who already know their way around a computer, while Bitwarden is probably a better option for people who are looking for a more consumer-friendly solution.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Bitwarden vs. KeePass Security</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">So far, we’ve discussed the main differences between Bitwarden and KeePass. Now, let’s examine some important similarities between them. Whichever you end up choosing, your passwords and any personal data you uploaded will be safe. Bitwarden stores your passwords in the cloud, but encrypts them on your machine using the “<a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/445096/what-does-military-grade-encryption-mean/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">military-grade</a>” AES-256 cipher, meaning that they’re unreadable to anybody looking at them on the server. The company is also regularly <a href="https://bitwarden.com/blog/post/bitwarden-network-security-assessment-2020/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">audited</a> by third-party security firms to ensure that customer data is safe.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">KeePass uses the same encryption key, but stores all passwords on your computer, meaning that you need to make sure that nobody who isn’t supposed to have access gets close to it. However, even if somebody does get access, KeePass also encrypts your passwords. It uses AES-256 by default, but you can also choose from among other options, like ChaCha20.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">On top of that, both programs are completely <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/129967/htg-explains-what-is-open-source-software-and-why-you-should-care/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">open source</a>, meaning that anybody can look at their code on GitHub and see whether there are any issues with it. Bitwarden also allows people to <a href="https://hackerone.com/bitwarden" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">report</a> any bugs or security flaws that they find and receive a bounty.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">As with all password managers, the only real weakness is your master password, which is the one you use to access the program. In the case of KeePass and Bitwarden, this particular problem is unknown to them. This means that if you lose your master password, it’s lost forever. At the same time, it also means that there’s no way for anybody to find out what it is unless you give it to them.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">Are KeePass and Bitwarden Free?</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The good thing about both programs is that they’re completely free, although you can donate to the people behind KeePass if you’d like to support them. Bitwarden’s free plan is a fully functional password manager, and as such, you never need to pay for it, although it does offer some advanced functions for paying customers.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Bitwarden offers a Premium Account for $10 per year, and offers more options when it comes to integrating two-factor authentication solutions (like <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/232360/how-to-secure-your-google-dropbox-and-github-accounts-with-a-u2f-key/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">YubiKey or U2F Key)</a> and vault health reports, which analyze the security of your passwords. The Family/Organization Plan is $40 per year and allows you to share the account with up to six users. This means that everybody can share some secure data—it’s useful for family Netflix accounts or the company VPN.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px; text-align: left;">The Bottom Line</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">When choosing between Bitwarden and KeePass, in the end, your choice will probably come down to what you want from a password manager. If you want something flexible that gives you a lot of freedom to customize it to your tastes and needs, then KeePass is the better choice.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">If, however, you want something that you can get running without much hassle, then Bitwarden is better.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">In either case, you won’t have to spend a penny, and your passwords will be safe.</p></div><p><br /></p>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-57700067575777098042021-04-09T00:00:00.002-07:002021-04-09T00:00:02.610-07:00ProtonMail vs. Tutanota: Which Is the Best Secure Email Provider?<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjwH_N6y1xn82V2xwo1CqT6eEDPRIUJu3XlSAlS71zeiwATvNiSMXBq4IWETdcgorvNf64CUFQJDhpqhSoIEIBE17tv_KdhZewhuv38vfXDWn_nt_GS3Xu0opdpclF4iJxitfC9KI-OwX0/s1202/email-security.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="554" data-original-width="1202" height="313" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjwH_N6y1xn82V2xwo1CqT6eEDPRIUJu3XlSAlS71zeiwATvNiSMXBq4IWETdcgorvNf64CUFQJDhpqhSoIEIBE17tv_KdhZewhuv38vfXDWn_nt_GS3Xu0opdpclF4iJxitfC9KI-OwX0/w682-h313/email-security.png" width="682" /></a></div><br /><p></p><p style="text-align: justify;"><span style="background-color: white; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;">When it comes to secure, private email services, two big names stand out: ProtonMail and Tutanota. Both services offer a free account so you can try them out, but what does each do differently?</span></p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">What Makes ProtonMail and Tutanota Different?</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">ProtonMail and Tutanota are two <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/710380/what-is-secure-email-and-should-you-switch/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">secure email</a> providers that emphasize security and privacy above all else. This includes supporting end-to-end encryption to make interception nearly impossible, protecting your identity by not keeping logs or requiring tons of personal information at sign-up, and providing secure methods for communicating with people who are using “regular” email providers like Gmail or Outlook.</p><figure class="wp-caption alignnone" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 1em 0px 1.5em; max-width: 100%; width: 650px;"><img alt="ProtonMail Secure Email Service" class="wp-image-717710 size-full" data-credittext="ProtonMail" data-crediturl="https://protonmail.com/" height="301" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/protonmail-shot-girl_edited.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; display: block; height: auto; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /><figcaption class="wp-caption-text" style="box-sizing: inherit; color: #555555; font-size: 14px; margin-bottom: 0.8075em; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px !important; padding: 10px 10px 10px 5px;"><span class="imagecredit" style="background: url("data:image/svg+xml;base64,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") 0px center / 16px no-repeat; box-sizing: inherit; color: #999999; margin-left: 10px; padding-left: 20px; padding-right: 5px;"><a href="https://protonmail.com/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #999999; padding-right: 5px; text-decoration-line: none;">ProtonMail</a></span></figcaption></figure><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">This heightened security comes at the cost of convenience and features. You may need to use a dedicated mobile app to access your mail, for example (as opposed to your smartphone’s default mail app). With Gmail, Google Assistant can help surface relevant information by scanning the contents of your Gmail inbox, but secure email services can’t do this, since the data is encrypted.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Since secure email is a niche, free accounts aren’t generous like with Google and Microsoft’s offerings (ProtonMail offers 500MB compared with Tutanota’s 1GB.) Secure providers lack features like an integrated chat app or a powerful search engine, but these losses are often worth it to those who value privacy and enhanced security.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: 600;">RELATED:</span> <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/710380/what-is-secure-email-and-should-you-switch/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: 600;"><em style="box-sizing: inherit;">What Is Secure Email, and Should You Switch?</em></span></a></p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">Both Providers Support Advanced Encryption</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Of course, ProtonMail and Tutanota support basic Transport Layer Security (TLS), which is used by all major email providers. This provides a basic layer of security between your computer or smartphone and the server that is responsible for storing and sending email. That’s table stakes for any email service.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">On top of this, the contents of your inbox are <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/711656/what-is-end-to-end-encryption-and-why-does-it-matter/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">end-to-end encrypted</a> on the server, which means that you’re the only one who can read them. In the event of a data breach, your data would be virtually useless, because it’s encrypted with a key that will (currently) take an eternity to break. That’s something that Gmail, Outlook.com, and typical email services don’t offer.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Both ProtonMail and Tutanota support easy end-to-end encryption between users of the same service. If you send an email from your ProtonMail account to another user of the same service, it will be automatically secured and signed with a key that only the recipient has. There’s no need to set up anything else when communicating with someone who’s using the same service. In addition to this, ProtonMail also supports PGP.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Automatically Attach Public Key to Outgoing ProtonMail Messages" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717704" height="342" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/automatically_attach.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Pretty Good Privacy (PGP) is an additional layer of security for sending emails to virtually any email address in an encrypted format. Messages are locked with the recipient’s public key and can then be decrypted with a private key only known to the recipient. With ProtonMail, this can be set up to work “automatically” with nominated contacts, taking care of the encryption/decryption process for you.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Tutanota doesn’t explicitly support PGP, though you could still encrypt and decrypt your mail manually if you wanted to.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">Both Allow Secure Messaging with “Regular” Email Providers</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">If you can’t convince your contacts to switch to a secure email provider or to adopt PGP, both ProtonMail and Tutanota have you covered. Each provider has an option to send an encrypted message to any email address. The process is virtually identical for both:</p><ol style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; list-style-image: initial; list-style-position: initial; margin: 0px 0px 1.5em 5px;"><li style="box-sizing: inherit;">Compose an email and choose to password-protect it, then hit send.</li><li style="box-sizing: inherit;">The recipient receives a notification of a new message, but the message doesn’t appear in the body of the email.</li><li style="box-sizing: inherit;">Instead, the email contains a link to either ProtonMail or Tutanota’s servers with a password field.</li><li style="box-sizing: inherit;">The recipient enters the password into the field and reads the message.</li></ol><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">This works virtually identically between both providers, except that Tutanota encrypts both the message body <em style="box-sizing: inherit;">and</em> subject line, whereas ProtonMail only encrypts the message body. This doesn’t pose a huge risk if you use the former service. Just make sure that your subject lines don’t contain any sensitive information.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Secure Email with a Password" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717707" height="551" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/non_protonmail_password.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Messages sent this way via ProtonMail expire in 28 days or less (with an option to specify less time), while Tutanota messages are only available until another email is sent to the same recipient.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">ProtonMail Is in Switzerland and Tutanota Is in Germany</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">The country in which your data is stored is important. Both Germany and Switzerland have strong privacy laws, with Germany currently being considered as one of the <a href="https://www.dotmagazine.online/issues/security/germany-land-of-data-protection-and-security-but-why" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">strictest privacy advocates among EU nations</a>. Switzerland is famously neutral (and not a part of the EU).</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Tutanota has written a blog post detailing <a href="https://tutanota.com/blog/posts/data-privacy-germany/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">why the company is located in Germany</a>, citing laws like the Federal Data Protection Act, which forbids data collection and backdoor access to encrypted data. ProtonMail has also written a blog post about <a href="https://protonmail.com/blog/switzerland/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">its decision to host data in Switzerland</a>, which acknowledges the changing nature of privacy laws in the country while also noting that ProtonMail cannot be compelled to spy on its users.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">It’s hard to say which is the safer jurisdiction in terms of data privacy. While Germany has tougher laws, the country is also a part of the <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Five_Eyes#Fourteen_Eyes" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Fourteen Eyes</a>, an international intelligence-sharing community.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Since both providers use end-to-end encryption to secure the contents of their servers, data is likely to remain safe even if the German or Swiss authorities were to demand its handover.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">Both Services Rely Heavily on Open-Source Code</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Making source code available for anyone to peruse is important for a service that sells itself on privacy and security. If your code is open source, it can be audited by anyone. The more transparent a provider is, the more you should be able to trust that they are delivering on their promises.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">That being said, neither service is fully open source. In the case of Tutanota, server-side software has yet to be made fully open source. The client-side web interface and mobile apps are already open source, and <a href="https://tutanota.com/blog/posts/open-source-email/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Tutanota admits,</a> “The only issue that’s left for us to do is to open source the server part of Tutanota as well.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">ProtonMail has a similar commitment to being open source. ProtonMail’s web interface has been fully open source since version 2.0, the iPhone app was <a href="https://protonmail.com/blog/ios-open-source/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">open-sourced in 2019</a>, and the Android app followed <a href="https://protonmail.com/blog/android-open-source/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">a year later</a>. The company has <a href="https://www.reddit.com/r/ProtonMail/comments/b847n7/it_has_been_7_months_since_protonmail_said_we_are/ejysilb/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">stated</a> that it does not plan to release the source code for its back-end server component, since this would give away “information about how we do anti-spam and anti-abuse.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Many of the technologies that go into both packages, including encryption protocols and ProtonMail’s implementation of OpenPGP, are already open source.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">Tutanota Provides a More Attractive Free Option</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">For private use, Tutanota provides 1GB of storage for a single user, limited search abilities, and a single calendar. There are no restrictions on the number of messages that you can send or receive in a day or how you organize your mail.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">ProtonMail offers 500MB for a single user, a limit of 150 messages per day, and three labels with which to organize your mail. This makes ProtonMail more limited for free users than Tutanota.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Tutanota Inbox" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717075" height="393" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/tutanota.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Neither service is “complete” without upgrading to gain access to features like custom domains, inbox rules, email aliases, autoresponders, and better support. This is another area where secure email providers forge a different path to their free webmail rivals. If you want a capable, secure email address, then you’re going to have to pay for it.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">ProtonMail Is More Expensive</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">A direct comparison of prices is difficult, since both services have different plans and different offerings. If you’re thinking of paying for an email service, however, ProtonMail is the most expensive, with its cheapest plan starting at $48/year or €48/year, with monthly plans also available.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">For this, you’ll get a whopping 5GB of space, up to five email addresses (aliases), support for a single custom domain, and access to filters and an autoresponder. ProtonMail still sets a limit of 1,000 outgoing messages per day, although this is a “soft limit” based on <a href="https://protonmail.com/support/knowledge-base/sending-limit/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">how you use your account</a>. You get a maximum of 200 labels for organizational purposes.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="ProtonMail Inbox" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717074" height="393" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/protonmail.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Tutanota starts at only €12/year (around $14), but you’ll still only get 1GB of storage in total. You also get a single custom domain, five email aliases, full access to search, and the ability to create inbox rules. There’s no limit on daily messages or labels either.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">While Tutanota is cheaper, it also allows you to build your ideal email plan. You can add users, aliases, storage, and additional services such as a secure contact form for your website, and then pay a single monthly fee for it all. ProtonMail takes more of an “all-or-nothing” approach.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">Tutanota Supports Searching of Email Body</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Being able to search your inbox is a feature that you probably take for granted, but with secure email, it’s not so simple. Due to the way that email is end-to-end encrypted, searching your inbox <a href="https://protonmail.com/support/knowledge-base/search/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">isn’t possible</a> with ProtonMail. You can only search by subject lines, senders, recipients, and time. This is because ProtonMail’s servers cannot decrypt your email.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Search with Tutanota" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718989" height="240" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/tutanota_search.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">By comparison, Tutanota also encrypts your email on the server. In 2017, the service <a href="https://tutanota.com/blog/posts/first-search-encrypted-data/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">announced</a> that searching the body of an email would now be possible. This takes place locally on the user’s device and can be done either in a browser or by using a dedicated mobile app. This happens without sacrificing privacy, since the search duties are performed by your local machine instead of the server.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">If search is a big deal for you, Tutanota has the edge here.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">Both Services Require Dedicated Mobile Apps</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Neither ProtonMail nor Tutanota is compatible with “regular” email clients out of the box. ProtonMail paid accounts have access to <a href="https://protonmail.com/bridge/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">ProtonMail Bridge,</a> which extends support for the service to common mail clients like Outlook, Thunderbird, and Apple Mail on Windows, Mac, and Linux desktops. Tutanota relies on dedicated <a href="https://tutanota.com/blog/posts/desktop-clients/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">desktop clients</a> for Windows, Mac, and Linux instead.</p><figure class="wp-caption alignnone" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 1em 0px 1.5em; max-width: 100%; width: 650px;"><img alt="ProtonMail app for iPhone" class="wp-image-717496 size-full" data-credittext="ProtonMail" data-crediturl="https://protonmail.com/" height="483" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/protonmail-shot-iphone_edited.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; display: block; height: auto; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /><figcaption class="wp-caption-text" style="box-sizing: inherit; color: #555555; font-size: 14px; margin-bottom: 0.8075em; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px !important; padding: 10px 10px 10px 5px;"><span class="imagecredit" style="background: url("data:image/svg+xml;base64,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") 0px center / 16px no-repeat; box-sizing: inherit; color: #999999; margin-left: 10px; padding-left: 20px; padding-right: 5px;"><a href="https://protonmail.com/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #999999; padding-right: 5px; text-decoration-line: none;">ProtonMail</a></span></figcaption></figure><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">To access either service on a smartphone, you’ll need to use the dedicated ProtonMail (<a href="https://geo.itunes.apple.com/us/app/protonmail-encrypted-email/id979659905?at=1010loXs&ct=718159" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">iPhone</a>, <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=ch.protonmail.android&hl=en_US" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Android</a>) or Tutanota (<a href="https://geo.itunes.apple.com/app/tutanota/id922429609?at=1010loXs&ct=718159" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">iPhone</a>, <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=de.tutao.tutanota" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Android</a>, <a href="https://f-droid.org/en/packages/de.tutao.tutanota/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">F-Droid</a>) apps. There’s no support for basic mail clients because of the way that data is encrypted on the server.</p><div><i><span style="font-family: arial;">Credit to: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/718159/protonmail-vs.-tutanota-which-is-the-best-secure-email-provider/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">How To Geek - Tim Brookes</a></span></i></div>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-74370948765960527392021-04-07T00:00:00.001-07:002021-04-07T00:00:00.790-07:00How to Change Windows 10’s Wallpaper without Activation<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiyxg7OSwLOZTtXakeoHyz1o7F3ZPYWrcuG8PNlgoq9ZHV-qMqfLsMTENzHd9XayJPgpJ07EOa9PMi_xLOGbOgxaVVUf2PtZlSeCuCLAqioEQAIMnkrhC8B1_RdRp6SMRDC9kiXmMh1VDA/s1202/img_5cf05d111ada0.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="554" data-original-width="1202" height="295" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiyxg7OSwLOZTtXakeoHyz1o7F3ZPYWrcuG8PNlgoq9ZHV-qMqfLsMTENzHd9XayJPgpJ07EOa9PMi_xLOGbOgxaVVUf2PtZlSeCuCLAqioEQAIMnkrhC8B1_RdRp6SMRDC9kiXmMh1VDA/w642-h295/img_5cf05d111ada0.png" width="642" /></a></div><br /><p></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">If you use an unactivated copy of Windows 10, you know that you can’t change your desktop wallpaper using the Settings app. But there’s a workaround to change the desktop background on an unactivated copy of Windows 10.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><span style="font-size: 27px;">What Happens When You Don’t Activate Windows 10</span></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Microsoft lets you <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/244678/you-dont-need-a-product-key-to-install-and-use-windows-10/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">download and use Windows 10 without activating it</a>, but this comes with some restrictions. The entire Personalization menu in Settings is disabled, which means that you can’t change various appearance options for your PC.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Luckily, Settings isn’t the only way to change the Windows 10 desktop background. You can use alternative methods (such as those described below) to change your wallpaper on an unactivated Windows 10 copy.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Of course, we recommend paying for a Windows 10 license if you use it. That will get rid of the “Activate Windows 10” watermark and give you access to the normal Personalization options. You can upgrade to a genuine, activated version right from the Activation screen in Windows 10’s Settings app. (You’ll find it at Settings > Update & Security > Activation.)</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><span style="font-size: 27px;">Change the Windows 10 Desktop Wallpaper Using File Explorer</span></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">You can use the built-in File Explorer utility to set any image on your computer or external storage as the desktop background.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">To use this method, open the folder that contains your wallpaper with File Explorer.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">When you see your wallpaper, right-click it and select “Set as desktop background.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Change the desktop wallpaper using File Explorer" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717898" height="328" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/change-wallpaper-file-explorer.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">If you’d like to use one of Windows 10’s stock wallpapers, head to the following folder using File Explorer:</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px;">C:\Windows\Web\Wallpaper</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Check out various folders there, find the wallpaper that you want to use, right-click on the wallpaper, and select “Set as desktop background.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Windows 10 stock wallpapers" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717899" height="336" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/windows-10-stock-wallpapers.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">Change the Windows 10 Desktop Wallpaper Using Internet Explorer</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">You can use a web browser like Internet Explorer or Firefox to set any image on any website as your desktop wallpaper.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">That way, you don’t need to download the wallpaper first and then use the File Explore method to set it as the desktop background. You can do this entire task from within your browser.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Keep in mind that Google Chrome and Microsoft Edge don’t offer this option. You need to rely on either Internet Explorer or Firefox to do this.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">To do this in Internet Explorer, open the “Start” menu, search for “Internet Explorer,” and click the browser in the results.</p><blockquote class="admonishment_warning" style="background: none rgb(255, 255, 255); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 0px 10px 10px; max-width: 618px; overflow-x: auto; padding: 10px; quotes: "" "";"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: 600;">Warning:</span> We recommend avoiding Internet Explorer, which is being phased out in favor of modern browsers like Microsoft Edge. However, Internet Explorer still has this feature, while Microsoft Edge doesn’t.</blockquote><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Launch Internet Explorer" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717900" height="333" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/open-internet-explorer.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Open the website where your wallpaper is located.</p><blockquote class="admonishment_note" style="background: none rgb(255, 255, 255); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 0px 10px 10px; max-width: 618px; overflow-x: auto; padding: 10px; quotes: "" "";"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: 600;">Note:</span> Your image must be in one of the following file formats: JPG, JPEG, BMP, DIB, PNG, JFIF, JPE, GIF, TIF, TIFF, or WDP.</blockquote><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Once you see your wallpaper, right-click it and select “Set as background.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Set a desktop background using Internet Explorer" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717901" height="281" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/set-background-internet-explorer.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">You’ll see a prompt on your screen. Click “Yes” in it to confirm your action.</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">Change the Windows 10 Desktop Background Using Firefox</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">If you prefer to use Firefox, here’s how to use this browser to change your Windows 10 desktop wallpaper.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Launch <a href="https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/new/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Mozilla Firefox</a> and navigate to the web page where your desired wallpaper is located.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Right-click your wallpaper and select “Set As Desktop Background.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Set a desktop wallpaper using Firefox" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717903" height="340" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/set-background-firefox.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="613" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">You’ll get a box that lets you define how the wallpaper appears on your desktop. If you see that your wallpaper isn’t covering the entire screen in the preview, click the “Position” dropdown menu and select “Stretch.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Desktop wallpaper options in Firefox" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717904" height="395" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/background-options-firefox.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="541" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">This will make your wallpaper cover your entire screen. Then, click “Set Desktop Background.”</p><h2 aria-level="2" role="heading" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 27px;">How to Go Back to the Default Windows 10 Desktop Wallpaper</h2><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Since Windows 10 gives you access to all the stock wallpapers, you can open this wallpapers folder and set the original wallpaper as your desktop background.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">To do this, open a File Explorer window and head to the following folder:</p><pre style="background: rgb(249, 249, 249); border: 1px solid rgb(182, 201, 220); box-sizing: inherit; clear: both; font-size: 14px !important; line-height: 1.1em; margin-bottom: 10px; margin-top: 0px; max-width: 650px; overflow: auto; padding: 20px 10px;">C:\Windows\Web\Wallpaper\</pre><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Find the original wallpaper, right-click it, and select “Set as desktop background.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Revert back to the original Windows 10 desktop wallpaper" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-717905" height="335" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/revert-original-wallpaper.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">You’re all set.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><i>Credit to: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/717894/how-to-change-windows-10s-wallpaper-without-activation/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">How To Geek - Mahesh Makvana</a></i></p>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-40762188962374102642021-04-05T00:00:00.001-07:002021-04-05T00:00:09.871-07:00How to Disable the “Empty Trash” Warning on a Mac<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgw_DjJ4Sk2-BlE4GzJh72YtI7DRlpGKWzLEl8gT_yPiF_75RJYY_maQYSzi9E7_252bQb15LUstLx280Mh4QQEMw0p1ofxYgWjxKB11Sy1EeGL3r3Pwd3tFJ5GL81uo9ir0PnTaytDTbs/s1202/mac_empty_trash_warning_hero_1.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="554" data-original-width="1202" height="292" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgw_DjJ4Sk2-BlE4GzJh72YtI7DRlpGKWzLEl8gT_yPiF_75RJYY_maQYSzi9E7_252bQb15LUstLx280Mh4QQEMw0p1ofxYgWjxKB11Sy1EeGL3r3Pwd3tFJ5GL81uo9ir0PnTaytDTbs/w636-h292/mac_empty_trash_warning_hero_1.jpg" width="636" /></a></div><br /><p></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">While deleting files on a Mac, are you tired of warning prompts slowing you down? Would you like to empty the Trash at light speed? If so, it’s easy to turn off the warning you see when emptying the Trash on a Mac. Here’s how.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">First, select Finder to bring it into focus. In the menu bar at the top of the screen, click “Finder,” then select “Preferences” in the menu that appears.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="Click the "Finder" menu, then select "Preferences."" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-714031" height="262" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/mac_open_finder_preferences.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">When Finder Preferences open, select “Advanced.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="In Finder Preferences, click "Advanced."" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-714030" height="279" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/finder_click_advanced_1.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Uncheck the box beside “Show warning before emptying the Trash” on the Advanced pane.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="In the "Advanced" section of "Finder Preferences," uncheck "Show warning when empyting the Trash."" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-714239" height="296" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/mac_uncheck_trash_warning.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">After that, close Finder Preferences. The next time you empty the Trash (by selecting Finder > Empty Trash in the menu bar or by right-clicking the Trash icon in the Dock), your unwanted files will disappear quickly with no warning. Very speedy.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Credit to: <i><a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/714198/how-to-disable-the-empty-trash-warning-on-a-mac/">How To Geek - Benj Edwards</a></i></p>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-82955500870638331102021-03-30T23:30:00.001-07:002021-03-30T23:30:06.592-07:00How to Disable iCloud Keychain on iPhone and iPad<p style="text-align: center;"> <a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi-Bi4vXAYfI5C_XtsluTar2Fs4tIId2ha2bcb7KqKiyPECb16sJBEXQV2kFVPH60VnCYk9KxwtxUQ14ma9J18cRs4ruWBnWV0CrICJTG2iu6KMJ4StEJzWjWKjjiBR6KeRtEb8R9jEIr4/s1202/iPhone-User-Using-iCloud-Keychain-AutoFill-Feature.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="554" data-original-width="1202" height="294" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi-Bi4vXAYfI5C_XtsluTar2Fs4tIId2ha2bcb7KqKiyPECb16sJBEXQV2kFVPH60VnCYk9KxwtxUQ14ma9J18cRs4ruWBnWV0CrICJTG2iu6KMJ4StEJzWjWKjjiBR6KeRtEb8R9jEIr4/w640-h294/iPhone-User-Using-iCloud-Keychain-AutoFill-Feature.png" width="640" /></a></p><div style="text-align: justify;"><span style="background-color: white; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;">Apple’s iCloud Keychain stores login details and payment information from your iPhone and iPad and syncs it across all your devices. If you are moving to a </span><a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/141500/why-you-should-use-a-password-manager-and-how-to-get-started/" style="box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;">dedicated password manager</a><span style="background-color: white; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; text-align: left;">, it might be best to disable iCloud Keychain first.</span></div><div style="text-align: justify;"><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">iCloud Keychain is the default password manager on iPhone and iPad, and it pops up every time you sign up for or try to log in to a new website. It’s the iCloud Keychain feature that suggests that you create strong passwords.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Autofill Prompt in Safari for iPhone" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718504" height="412" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Autofill-Prompt-in-Safari-for-iPhone.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Disabling iCloud Keychain will disable all of the pop-ups and prompts related to passwords on your iPhone and iPad.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You can disable the iCloud Keychain feature from the Settings app. To get started, open the “Settings” app on your iPhone or iPad. If you can’t find it on your home screen, swipe down on your smartphone or tablet’s display to use <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/656865/how-to-find-an-app-on-your-iphone-or-ipad-fast/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Spotlight search</a> to locate the app.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Visit Settings on iPhone" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-691877" height="431" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/settings-app-iphone.jpg?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Next, select your Apple ID profile section from the top of the screen.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Select Profile from Settings App on iPhone" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718500" height="454" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Select-Profile-from-Settings-App-on-iPhone.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Here, choose the “iCloud” option.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Tap iCloud from Settings" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718501" height="216" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Tap-iCloud-from-Settings.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">Scroll down and tap the “Keychain” button.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Tap Keychain from iCloud Settings" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718502" height="203" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Tap-Keychain-from-iCloud-Settings.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">To disable the feature, toggle off the “iCloud Keychain” option.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><img alt="Tap to Disable iCloud Keychain" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-718503" height="409" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Tap-to-Disable-iCloud-Keychain.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="650" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">In a few seconds, the iCloud Keychain feature will disappear.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">The next time you try to log in to a new website, you won’t see the save password prompt in Safari anymore.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;">You can come back to this menu to reenable the iCloud Keychain feature at any time. During the reactivation process, your iPhone or iPad might ask you to log in to your Apple ID account and confirm your device’s passcode.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em; text-align: left;"><i style="border: 0px; font-stretch: inherit; font-variant-east-asian: inherit; font-variant-numeric: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px; padding: 0px; vertical-align: baseline;">Credit to: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/718499/how-to-disable-icloud-keychain-on-iphone-and-ipad/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">How To Geek - Khamosh Pathak</a></i></p></div>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-694066190036227498.post-79377613483964537912021-03-29T19:30:00.021-07:002021-04-07T19:54:00.056-07:00How to Disable and Remove the “Apps” Button in Google Chrome<p style="text-align: center;"> </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgFsy2ke5jI4ohoavD4EwdL-_0mbIRyw66wbP2r2ANENpwOvcAjfQKv_c-XlepdhUd-cm7jXk3lNHgoRGX9m3GUzsdE8IXzZ33Y-jXFezHA7cmHt-m1mwJ41XbuULs9s88fQRTFTOYKqaw/s1202/google-apps-button.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="554" data-original-width="1202" height="285" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgFsy2ke5jI4ohoavD4EwdL-_0mbIRyw66wbP2r2ANENpwOvcAjfQKv_c-XlepdhUd-cm7jXk3lNHgoRGX9m3GUzsdE8IXzZ33Y-jXFezHA7cmHt-m1mwJ41XbuULs9s88fQRTFTOYKqaw/w620-h285/google-apps-button.png" width="620" /></a></div><br /><p></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Google Chrome Apps have changed a lot through the years, but one thing hasn’t—the “Apps” button in the bookmarks bar. If you don’t use Chrome Apps, this little button can be annoying. Thankfully, it’s easy to remove.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">The “Apps” button is a default part of the <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/415733/how-to-show-or-hide-the-google-chrome-bookmarks-bar/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Chrome Bookmarks Bar</a>. Clicking it takes you to the <code style="box-sizing: inherit; font-family: Monaco, Consolas, "Andale Mono", "DejaVu Sans Mono", monospace; font-size: 14px !important;">chrome://apps/</code> page, which is a launcher for web apps installed from the <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/406829/how-to-install-and-manage-extensions-in-chrome/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Chrome Web Store</a>. Obviously, if you never visit this page, there’s not much need for a permanent button in your browser.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">It should be noted that Chrome “Apps” aren’t the same as Chrome “<a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/718676/what-is-a-browser-extension/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Extensions,</a>” which are accessible through the Extension menu in the top-right corner of the browser. We will only be removing the “Apps” button.</p><figure class="wp-caption alignnone" style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin: 1em 0px 1.5em; max-width: 100%; width: 454px;"><img alt="" class="size-full wp-image-720467" height="111" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/2021-03-25_17-09-39.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; display: block; height: auto; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="454" /><figcaption class="wp-caption-text" style="box-sizing: inherit; color: #555555; font-size: 14px; margin-bottom: 0.8075em; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px !important; padding: 10px 10px 10px 5px;">Chrome extensions</figcaption></figure><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Here’s all you need to do to remove the Apps button. First, open the Chrome Browser on your <a href="https://www.google.com/chrome/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Windows</a>, <a href="https://www.google.com/chrome/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Mac</a>, or <a href="https://www.google.com/chrome/" style="background-color: transparent; box-sizing: inherit; color: #1d55a9; display: inline;">Linux</a> computer.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="chrome with apps button" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720466" height="157" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/2021-03-25_17-13-56.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="470" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Next, right-click anywhere on the Bookmarks Bar or the “Apps” button itself. This will open a menu, from which you should unselect “Show Apps Shortcut.”</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="unselect show apps shortcut" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720465" height="397" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/2021-03-25_17-16-31.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="574" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">The “Apps” button will now be gone from your Bookmarks Bar.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><img alt="no more apps button" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-720464" height="157" src="https://www.howtogeek.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/2021-03-25_17-17-18.png?trim=1,1&bg-color=000&pad=1,1" style="border: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; height: auto; max-width: 650px;" width="507" /></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;">Granted, the Apps button isn’t a huge problem, but if you aren’t using it and you have a lot of bookmarks on the bar, any extra space is welcomed.</p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><i>Credit to: <a href="https://www.howtogeek.com/720456/how-to-disable-and-remove-the-apps-button-in-google-chrome/" rel="nofollow" target="_blank">How To Geek - Joe Fedewa</a></i></p><p style="background-color: white; box-sizing: inherit; color: #404040; font-family: Roboto, "Open Sans", sans-serif; font-size: 16px; margin-bottom: 1.5em;"><br /></p>Mawar Berdurihttp://www.blogger.com/profile/09658390969904110125noreply@blogger.com0